Druktransmitters En Druktransducers

Druktransmitters en Druktransducers

www.keller-holland.nl Produktlijn Overzicht

MathMod Compensatie: Mathematische modellering van de sensorkarakteristieken die nauwkeurige compensatie mogelijk maakt met een standaard uit- gangs-signaal als resultaat. Afhankelijk van de complexi- teit van de modellering of de compensatie algorithmes, is dit uitgangssignaal nagenoeg vrij van temperatuur invloeden en lineariteit fouten.

CiO-Technologie: Bij chip-in-oil technologie wordt de signaal conditioneringschip in de met olie gevulde behuizing van de drukmeetchip geplaatst. Omdat er geen externe elektronica nodig is, is een compacter ontwerp van een geconditioneerde druksensor mogelijk, en zijn deze sensoren uiterst goed bestand tegen externe invloeden zoals vocht, trillingen, schokken en EMC. Temperatuur bereik Temperatuur MathMod Compensatie Analog Signal Path Direct CiO-Technologie Power Low / IECEx ATEX Digitale Interface Nauwkeurigheid Snelheid Analoge Interface

X-Lijn Het vlaggenschip vanuit oogpunt van precisie. Deze lijn 4…20 mA RS485 0…10 V onderscheidt zich door zijn hoge nauwkeurigheid die ● ● ● ● ● ● ✓ optioneel ✓ SDI-12 0…5 V wordt bereikt door uitgebreide digitale compensatie van CAN 0…2,5 V de sensorkarakteristieken, evenals het grote aantal digi- 0,1…2,5 V tale en analoge interfaces.

Y-Lijn De klassieke analoge industriële transmitter met een 4…20 mA 0…10 V ● ● ● ● ● ● zeer lage temperatuurfout. De temperatuurcompensa- ✓ ✓ ✓ 0…5 V tie zorgt voor de nauwkeurigheidsspecificatie van de 0,5…4,5 V totale fout band over een bepaald temperatuurbereik.

C-Lijn Deze single-chip oplossing voor signaalverwerking dient 0,5…4,5 V als aanvulling op de Y-lijn en is speciaal geschikt voor ra- ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ✓ ✓ tiometrische toepassingen. De C-lijn kan worden ingezet ratiom. tot maar liefst 150°C en onderscheidt zich door zijn zeer goede bestendigheid tegen omgevingsinvloeden.

D-Lijn Waarschijnlijk 's-werelds kleinste druktransmitter; door de I2C-interface goed geschikt voor integratie in micro- ● ● ● ● ● ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ I2C controller gebaseerde systemen. Het energiezuinige ontwerp leent zich uitstekend voor batterij gevoede toepassingen.

HB-Lijn (Hoge bandbreedte) Het hybride bedradingsconcept, dat de hoge nauwkeurigheid van digitale compensatie met de hoge band- ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ✓ ✓ 0…10 V breedte van een "direct analog signalpath" combineert, werd ontwikkeld voor zeer dynamische toepassingen, en wordt gecombineerd met hoog dynamische sensoren.

Laser-Lijn (22 M/S) Pure versterkerschakelingen met laser geëtste weer- 4…20 mA standen zijn geschikt voor hoog-volume projecten met ● ● ● ● ● ✓ 0,5…4,5 V gereduceerde nauwkeurigheidseisen, en maken klant- ratiom. specifieke analoge oplossingen mogelijk dankzij de hoge mate van ontwerpflexibiliteit.

Druktransducers (basis van alle lijnen) In tegenstelling tot druktransmitters, hebben druktrans- Semi-open ducers geen signaalverwerking. Het meetbrugsignaal is nog te optioneel Wheat- ● ● ● ● ● ● ✓ direct beschikbaar voor de gebruiker en er zijn slechts definieren (CaliCard) stone brug kleine beperkingen qua bandbreedte en resolutie. Een calibratiecertificaat toont de sensoreigenschappen en de mogelijkheid van compensatie met weerstanden.

● ● ● uitstekend ● ● goed ● voldoende

- 2 - Piëzo-resistieve Druktransducers

Druktransducers met een Druktransducers voor hoge druk laser-gelast RVS membraan Serie 6 L HP / 7 L HP / 8 Serie 3 L t/m 9 L – compact ontwerp ø 9,5 tot 19 mm Serie 7 LI – Inconel™ tot 200 °C Serie 10 L – “the original” ø 19 x 15 mm w Drukbereiken van 0...200 tot 0...1500 bar w Drukbereiken van 0...-1 tot 0...1000 bar w Absolute druk w Absoluut, relatief en verschildruk w Uitgang typ. 200 mV @ 1 mA voeding w Uitgang typ. 200 mV @ 1 mA voeding w Individueel calibratie certificaat w Individueel calibratie certificaat (inclusief compensatie waarden) (inclusief compensatie waarden) w Zeer hoge lange termijn stabiliteit w Zeer hoge lange termijn stabiliteit w Temperatuur bereiken van -55 tot 150 °C w Robuust en corrosie resistent w Geïntegreerde temperatuursensor ("top of bridge") w Optioneel met geïntegreerde PT1000 temperatuur sensor w Optionele behuizing van Hastelloy® of Titanium w Ook leverbaar met schroefdraad en metaal afdichting w Mathematische modellering op verzoek mogelijk w Mathematische modellering op verzoek mogelijk

OEM Druktransmitters

OEM druktransmitters worden gemaakt in diverse uitvoeringsfa- sen om aan alle wensen van klanten tegemoet te komen: deze unieke produkten kunnen bijvoorbeeld worden voorzien van elektronica en calibratie certificaten.

9 LY 10 LX 9 FL 9 FLX 6 S 20 SX 23 SX

Behuizingcomponenten, zoals drukaansluitingen, kunnen op Elke mechanische uitbreidingsvariant van een complete klantspecificatie worden gemaakt dankzij de hoge mate van ver- druktransmitter kan een standaard produkt worden (zie illustra- ticale integratie. tie).

Calibratie

------134 Bij Standaard transmitter Digitaal gecompenseerde PA-10L/20 BAR/81838.3 (1) SN E133755 (2) KELLER worden alle druksen------(3) Temp (4) Zero (5) +1000 (6) Comp (7) dZero soren gecalibreerd voor druk en transmitter [°C] [mV] [mV] [mV] [mV] -9.8 0.0 -2.6 0.4 0.2 temperatuur. Error Error -0.6 0.1 -2.6 0.4 0.1 in mbar 21.8 0.2 -2.8 0.2 0.0 in mbar 49.4 0.5 -2.9 0.0 -0.2 100 79.6 0.8 -3.2 -0.2 -0.4 100 ------L1 COMP R1 1000 kOhm, (8) R4 12.0 Ohm (8) Afhankelijk van de produktuitvoe- 50 50 RB 3465 Ohm (8) ZERO 0.2 mV (9) P_atm 965 mbar (10) ring is een elektronisch circuit 0 0 SENS 8.43 mV/bar at 1.000 mA(11) (14) (15) -50 -50 Lnorm Lbfsl verantwoordelijk voor compensa- (12) [bar] (13) [mV] [%FS] [%FS] 0 0 0.000 0.0 0.00 -0.11 tie en signaalverwerking. Anders -100 2 -100 2 5.000 42.4 0.14 0.07 4 4 10.000 84.5 0.15 0.11 -10 °C 6 6 worden de sensor karakteristieken 10 8 -10 °C 15.000 126.5 0.04 0.04 25 50 10 25 8 20.000 168.3 -0.15 -0.11 80 °C 10 50 80 °C 10 ------beschikbaar gesteld middels een Temperature Target pressure in bar Temperature in bar Long Term Stability Ok (16) Target pressure Lot 70590 (17) Test 500 Volt ok (18) calibratie certificaat (links). Supply 1.000 mA (19) 20.06.15 (20) ------PH02.A03DqK (20) KELLER gecompenseerde druktransmitters worden voorzien van een indicatie van de "total-error-band" – een maximale signaal variatie in een gedefinieerd temperatuur bereik. Het voorbeeld rechts toont het effect van digitale compensa- Aanvullend kunnen testrapporten worden opgesteld met test- tie van de X-lijn met als resultaat een error band van slechts data, opgenomen bij minimaal 3 verschillende temperaturen en 0,05%FS over het temperatuurbereik van -10 to 80 °C. 4 verschillende drukken.

- 3 - Digitale Druktransmitters 15:00

X-Lijn technische kenmerken w Digitale interfaces: Modbus RTU via RS485, CANopen w Temperatuur als aanvullende digitale variabele w Instelbare analoge uitgang (2-conductor of 3-conductor) w Gratis software voor dataopslag, configuratie en w Mathematische compensatie van non-lineariteit en herijking temperatuur afhankelijkheid w Leverbaar in ATEX uitvoering

Hoognauwkeurige druktransmitters Capacitieve druktransmitters Series 33 X / 35 X Series 41 X w Drukbereiken van 0...0.3 tot 0...1000 bar Drukbereiken van 0...10 tot 0...300 mbar w Nauwkeurigheid 0.02% van de volle schaal w Resolutie tot 1 µbar w Precisie 0.01%FS optioneel mogelijk w Verguld keramisch membraan

Verschildruk transmitters Verschildruk transmitters Serie PD-39 X Serie PD-33 X w Hoge overdrukcapaciteit door dubbel sensorontwerp, w Drukbereiken van 0...0,3 tot 0...30 bar numerieke verschildruk opbouw w Klassieke “wet/wet” verschildrukmeting w Basis drukbereiken van 0...3 tot 0...300 bar w Verschildruk vrij aanpasbaar binnen het basis verschildruk Serie PRD-33 X bereik w Drukbereiken van 0...0,35 tot 0...3 bar, allen met 40 bar basis drukbereik w Met additionele absolute basis druksensor

D-Lijn Technische kenmerken w Met I2C microcontroller interface w Robuuste RVS behuizing w Zeer laag energieverbruik w Leverbaar in ATEX uitvoering w Hermetisch afgeschermde sensorelektronica w Leverbaar met RFID interface en I2C is a trademark (chip-in-oil technologie) geïntegreerde datalogger: 21 D RFID / 21 DC RFID of NXP

Embedded OEM druktransmitters Embedded OEM druktransmitter kop Serie 4 LD tot 9 LD Series 20 D w “Waarschijnlijk 's-werelds kleinste druktransmitter!” w Gebaseerd op Serie 7 LD of Serie 9 FLD w Drukbereiken van 0...0,3 tot 0...1000 bar w Diverse procesaansluitingen (draad, quick-fit, etc.) w Werktemperatuur bereik van -40 tot 110 °C w Tevens beschikbaar als complete transmitter met kabel

- 4 - Analoge Druktransmitters

Y-Lijn technische kenmerken w Analoge uitgangen: 4 tot 20 mA, 0 tot 10 V, 0 tot 5 V, w Geen inwendige afdichtingen 0,5 tot 4,5 V non-ratiometric w Geoptimaliseerde elektromagnetische compatibiliteit w Gecompenseerd over het gehele temperatuurbereik w Ideaal voor industriële toepassingen

Compacte druktransmitters Variabele druktransmitters Serie 21 Y / 21 PY Serie 23 SY / 25 Y w Drukbereiken van 0...2 tot 0...1000 bar w Drukbereiken van 0...0,1 tot 0...1000 bar w Total error band max. ± 1 %FS @ 0 tot 50 °C w Total error band max. ± 0,5 %FS @ 0 to 50 °C w Geoptimaliseerd voor hoog-volume series w Diverse electrische en proces aansluitingen mogelijk w Leverbaar in ATEX uitvoering

C-Lijn technische kenmerken w Ratiometrische uitgang: 0,5 tot 4,5 V @ 5 VDC w Robuuste RVS behuizing w Polariteit- en overbelasting bescherming ± 33 VDC w Exceptionele elektromagnetische compatibiliteit w Hermetisch afgeschermde sensorelektronica w Digitaal gecompenseerd over het gehele temperatuurbereik (chip-in-oil technologie)

Compacte druktransmitters – ratiometrisch Embedded OEM druktransmitters – ratiometrisch Serie 21 C Serie 4 LC tot 9 LC w Drukbereik van 0...2 tot 0...1000 bar w Drukbereiken van 0...1 tot 0...1000 bar w Total error band max. ± 1 %FS @ 0 to 50 °C w Optionele compensatie in het bereik van -40 tot 150 °C w Geen inwendige afdichtingen w Tevens leverbaar met schroefdraad

ATEX / IECEx

De ATEX-richtlijnen zijn van toepassing in de EU en vereisen het Serie 33 X Ei gebruik van produkten die geschikt zijn voor een explosie gevaar- lijke omgeving.

KELLER produceert intrinsiek veilige transmitters, alsmede transmitters met een drukbestendige behuizing. Intrinsiek veilige transmitters (ia) kunnen alleen worden gebruikt in combinatie met een intrinsiek veilige voeding (niet meegeleverd). Ze kunnen gebruikt worden tot Zone 0, afhankelijk van het produkt. Trans- mitters met een drukbestendige behuizing (db) daarentegen, Serie 23 Ed kunnen slechts worden gebruikt tot Zone 1. Serie 23 SY Ei

- 5 - Toepassingspecifieke Uitvoeringen

Druktransmitters met voorliggend membraan Hoge temperatuur druktransmitters Serie 35 X HT(T) Serie 35 X HTC w Voorliggend membraan voor food toepassingen w Voorliggend membraan voor food toepassingen w Mediumtemperatuur tot 150 °C w Mediumtemperatuur tot 300 °C w FDA certificatie w Materiaal certificaat DIN EN 02041 w Materiaal certificaat DIN EN 02041 w Optioneel leverbaar in Hastelloy® w Optioneel leverbaar in Hastelloy® w Voedingsmiddelen industrie w Biotechnologie w Drankproduktie w Chemische industrie w Pharmaceutische industrie w Pharmaceutische industrie

Miniatuur druktransmitters Hoog nauwkeurige druksensoren Serie M5 HB Serie 8 LX / 7 Li / 33 X met SubConn® stekker w Temperatuur bestendigheid tot 200 °C w Geschikt voor hoge drukken tot 1500 bar w Dynamische metingen van statisch tot 50 kHz w Geschikt voor mediumtemperaturen tot 200 °C w Meting direct in het proces door M5 fijne draad w Diverse materialen zoals titanium, Hastelloy®, Inconel™ w Tevens leverbaar als druktransducer zonder elektronica w Olie & gas winning w Motor testbanken w Onbemande voertuigen (ROV) w Windtunnels / schokgolven w (diep) Zee onderzoek w Compressoren / pompen w Downhole, topside, wellhead, "Christmas tree" w Lektesten

Inert gas gevulde druktransmitters Gehomologeerde druktransmitters Modificatie van de Serie 23 of 35 X Serie 22 DT / 22 M/S w Modulair ontwerp w Drukbereiken van 0...5 tot 0...250 bar w Hermetisch afgesloten behuizing w Ratiometrisch uitgangssignaal w Specificatie-afhankelijk, eveneens conform DO 160, w Homologatie E4-110R, E4-10R en E4-67R MIL 810 of vergelijkbaar w Serie 22 DT met temperatuur sensor in mediumstroom w KELLER kenniscentrum voor ontwerp en toelating w Luchtvaart w Automotive industrie w Ruimtevaart w Bivalente voertuigen (22 DT / 14 bar)

- 6 - Miniatuur Druksensoren Interface Converters

Miniatuur druksensoren Interface converters Serie 2 Mi Voor communicatie tussen sensor en computer w Drukbereiken van 0...1 tot 0...400 bar w USB – RS485: K-114 famillie met diverse elektrische w Uitgang typ. 200 mV @ 1 mA voeding aansluitingen w Optioneel leverbaar met offset gecompenseerde elektronica w RS232 – RS485: K-102 (I), K-103 A, K-107 w USB – I2C: K-404 T w Hydrodynamische en aerodynamische drukmetingen De K-114 interface converter is ook beschikbaar met een w Gemiddelde maat ø 4.5 x 3 mm BlueTooth interface en geïntegreerde accu. Dit maakt draad- w Meting in het proces voor minimale systeem verstoring loze communicatie mogelijk via een Serial Port Profile (SPP) w Sensoren kunnen worden afgeleverd met door klant in aanvulling op de USB poort. De aangesloten sensor wordt aangeleverde componenten gevoed vanuit de converter accu.

Speciale Sensoren

Piëzo-resistieve druktransmitters en -transducers Klant specifieke produkten ontwerpen in kleine aantallen geproduceerd. De toepassingen In aanvulling op de meer dan 500 standaard produkten ontwik- zijn zeer divers: van verf spuitinstallaties, duikcomputers, koel- kelt KELLER eveneens klant specifieke oplossingen. Op meer systemen (koelcompressoren in het algemeen), lucht- en ruim- dan 35 gespecialiseerde produktie afdelingen waar de laatste tevaart, automobiel industrie tot olie- en gaswinning produktie technieken worden toegepast, worden speciale (downhole), om maar een paar toepassingen te noemen.

Opties en toelatingen

w Titanium, Hastelloy®, Inconel™ – in alle wetted parts ATEX en IECEx toelating w Diverse kabelmateriaalopties zoals PE / TPE / FEP (Teflon®) w Diverse interfaces zijn beschikbaar w Klantspecifieke analyses w Verbeterde bliksem beveiliging w Grotere temperatuur bereiken

- 7 - Welkom bij KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik. De Zwitserse druksensor specialist.

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik is gevestigd in Winterthur Oprichter / Jaar van oprichting (Zwitserland) en is de meest toonaangevende producent van Hannes W. Keller, dipl. Phys. ETH / 1974 druktransducers- en -transmitters in Europa. Directeur en eigenaar

Het volledige produktieproces vindt plaats op de hoofdlocatie in Personeel Winterthur, van de vervaardiging van onderdelen en de calibratie 400 medewerkers van de druksensoren tot en met de controle van het eindprodukt. Alle KELLER-produkten zijn dus „Made in Switzerland“. Omzet De toepassingen van onze druksensoren zijn net zo veelzijdig als 80 miljoen CHF het gehele KELLER assortiment. Magazijn / Verzending KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik en KELLER Gesellschaft für Winterthur (CH), hoofdkantoor en produktie Druckmesstechnik mbH Jestetten zijn gecertificeerd volgens de Jestetten (D), Europees transportcentrum ISO9001-richtlijnen. Dochterondernemingen en wederverkopers wereldwijd.

KELLER Software Andere produktoverzichten

KELLER AG beschikt over een eigen software afdeling. De soms KELLER AG is ook toonaangevend op het gebied zeer uitgebreide software maakt altijd deel uit van de levering van van nivosensoren en nivodataloggers, speciaal de betreffende produkten. Er zijn geen licentiekosten. voor de water- en vloeistoffenindustrie. Deze worden gepresenteerd in het overzicht “Hydrostatische drukmeting".

Onze digitale manometers worden eveneens gepresenteerd in een apart produkt overzicht: deze hoog-nauwkeurige manometers worden gebruikt voor het meten en bewaken van druk. Ze zijn te vinden in de meet- en testtechnologie, hydraulica en pneumatica, en in de medische technologie, om maar een paar sectoren te noemen.

Hoofdkantoor Vestiging voor Nederland en België KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Meettechniek BV St. Gallerstrasse 119 Leeghwaterstraat 25 CH-8404 Winterthur NL -2811DT REEUWIJK Zwitserland Nederland

Tel. +41 (0)52 235 25 25 Tel. +31 (0)182 399 840 Fax +41 (0)52 235 25 00 Fax +31 (0)182 399 841 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com www.keller-holland.nl transmnl052017 Piezoresistive Low Cost Pressure Sensor Series 1 TAB absolute pressure

The TAB 1 pressure measuring cells are designed to measure absolute pressures. They are offered in two different version: Version 1 to be soldered on a glass feed through and welded in an oil filled housing as for industrial transmitters. Version 2 can be soldered directly on printed circuit boards of instruments as for the measurement of depths or altitude, where the surrounding pressure is measured. TAB (Tape Automated Bonding) is a special process for contacting the diffused resistors on the chip. The resistor aluminum contacts are provided with 0,1 mm thick gold bumps. The pretinned ends of the copper strips on the flexible circuit material are soldered to the these goldbumps. Each contact is able to withstand a force of more than 1 Newton. TAB bonded cells withstand extreme conditions in shock or vibration. TAB bonded cells may be surrounded by high viscosity gels or mouldings in water depth instruments without danger of contact braking as with wire Series 1 TAB: bonded cell. Version 1 Specifications.Excitation I = 4 mA Pressure Ranges (FS) bar 10 20 50 100 200 400 600 Signal Output typ. mV 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 Overpressure bar 20 30 75 150 300 600 800 Bridge Resistance @ 25 °C 3500 ± 20% Constant Supply mA 4 nominal 5 max. Operating Temperature °C -20…100 Storage Temperature °C -40…120 Material of Flexible Circuit Polyamide Weight 2 g Volume Displacement < 0,1 mm3 Accuracy (1) %FS 0,5 typ. 1 max. Offset à 25 °C mV < 20 Temperature Error – Zero mV/°C 0,1 typ. 0,2 max. – Sensitivity %/°C 0,02 typ. 0,03 max. Long Term Stability typ. mV 2 Time Constant ms < 1 Series 1 TAB: (1) Including linearity, hysteresis and repeatability. Linearity calculated as best straight line through zero. Version 2 Note: To be sure that the sensors reach the Offset and Temperature Error performance, the sensor must be tested and the compensation resistors may have to be added.

- OUT

+ IN 3,7 R 0,55 0,6 1,2 1,2 R 2,54 1 - IN + IN

- IN - OUT BLUE OUT ϒ R1 BLACK IN 4 x 45

R2 + OUT - IN 7,14 RED OUT

4,6 BRIDGE 3,5 13,2

R4 WHITE 1,8 R5 IN ø 2,8 R3 YELLOW

SENSOR COMPENSATION 1 - IN + OUT 0,25 1,8 0,5 0,5 1,96 3,5

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 04/1999 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Piezoresistive Pressure Sensors Series 2/3/4 for absolute-, gauge- and differential pressure

The pressure sensors Series 2, 3 and 4 are suited for direct-mounting on printed circuit boards. The pressure sensor is a piezoresistive measuring cell consisting of a glass back plate and the silicon chip with the diffused resistor bridge. The cell is mounted on a glass feed through and packaged in a housing for easy pressure connection. The high, stable and reliable output signal of the sensor can easily be conditioned with standard amplifiers. All sensors are tested for temperature, stability and linearity and are delivered with an individual calibration sheet.

Series 2 Series 2 The medium is acting directly on the silicon chip and comes into contact with the strain gauges of the Wheatstone bridge. Application in dry air only.

Series 3 The sensor is mounted in an aluminium housing. Housing and sensor are protected by a thin (7 µm) parylene layer. This layer grants full protection in applications where condensation may occur. Continuous water exposure is not recommended. The average time of water resistance of the parylene layer is 6 months.

Series 3 Series 4 The medium acts on the rear side of the silicon chip. The pressure medium may be wet. Applications in gas, water and non-agressive fluids with benign reference atmosphere. Ideal for negative pressure measurements.

Typical Applications Barometric, deltagliders, small airplanes, meteorology, pneumatic control instruments, robotic, sanitary and pharmaceutical gases, air conditioning.

- Rugged, small in size and in price - High sensitivity and resolution (10 cm air column resolution) Series 4

Series 2 Series 3 Series 4 Electrical Connections

Ø 5 Ø 5

Marking Point Series 2 7 7 Ø 15

17 Ø 10,8 17 IN l l IN 22 OUT l l OUT 5 6 IN llIN

⊕14 mm ⊕14 mm ⊕18 mm

Ø 15 Ø 15

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 04/2008 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Specifications

General Characteristics: Excitation I = 1 mA constant current

Ranges (FS) bar -0,1 -0,2 -0,5 -1 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2 5 10 20

Series 2 PR PR-PAA-PD PR-PAA-PA-PD

Series 3 PR-PAA-PA

Series 4 PR-PD

PAA: Absolute, Zero at vacuum PA: Absolute, Zero at ambient (sealed gauge) PR: Gauge PD: Differential

Ranges, Overpressure, Output Signal (FS)

Pressure Ranges (FS) bar -0,1 -0,2 -0,5 -1 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2 5 10 20 Overpressure bar -1,0 -1,0 -1,0 -1 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 3 7,5 15 30 Output Signal, typ. (Series 2/3) mV 18 25 45 70 18 28 58 90 135 200 200 200 Output Signal, typ. (Series 4) mV 18 25 45 70 18 25 45 70 100 150 - -

Electrical Characteristics (at 25 °C) ------289 (b) PR-2/1 bar/8750.8 (a) Bridge Resistance Ω 3500 ± 20% ------(c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (1) Temp Zero +220 Comp dZero Constant Current Excitation mA 1 max. 4,5 [°C] [mV] [mV] [mV] [mV] Isolation / 500 V MΩ 100 0.1 -13.0 -22.5 0.1 -0.2 25.3 -11.9 -22.3 0.3 0.0 50.3 -10.8 -22.4 0.2 -0.2 Environmental Characteristics ------COMP R1 = 220 kOhm (h) R4 = 91.0 Ohm (h) ZERO 0.3 mV (i) Operating Temperature °C -10…80 SENS 108.3 mV/bar at 1.000 mA (j) Compens. Temp. Range (2) °C 0…50 -10…80 (optional) SENS 433.3 mV/bar at 4.000 mA (j) LIN. (m) Lnorm (n) Lbfsl Storage Temperature °C -30…100 (k) [bar] (l) [mV] [%Fs] [%Fs] -0.000 0.0 0.00 -0.15 Vibration (20 to 2000 Hz) g 10 0.500 54.4 0.20 0.15 6 1.000 108.1 -0.20 -0.15 Endurance (FS at 25 °C) cycles > 100 x 10 ------Long Term Stability Ok (o) Mechanical Characteristics Excitation 1.000 mA (p) 05.03.08 (q) ------GOL3.H03Aa0 (q) Housing Series 2 and 4 Delrin (POM) Each sensor is delivered with a calibration sheet It contains the following data and information: Housing Series 3 Aluminium (a) Type (PR-2), drawing-no. (8750.8) and range (1 bar) of sensor (b) Test location-no. of sensor Weight 8 gramme (c) Test temperatures 3 (d) Uncompensated zero offset in mV Volume Displacement < 0,1 mm /FS (e) Zero offset values, in mV, with test resistance (220 kΩ) 2 (for factory computation only) Flexible Wires (optional) 0,09 mm , 12 x ø 0,1 mm, Silicone Insulation (f) Zero offset, in mV, with calculated compensation resistor R1 or R2 (2) (g) Temp. zero error, in mV, with compensation resistor R1 or R2 Insulation 250 V, ø ext. 1,2 mm, l gr., 7 cm (h) Compensation resistor values R1 / R2 and R3 / R4 (i) Offset with compensation resistors R1 / R2 and R3 / R4 fitted. (fine adjustment of zero with R5 potentiometer) Specific Characteristics Excitation I = 1 mA constant current (j) Sensitivity of pressure sensor (k) Pressure test points (l) (3) Signal at pressure test points Accuracy % FS 0,25 typ. 0,5 max. (m) Linearity (best straight line through zero) (n) Linearity (best straight line) Offset at 25 °C mV < 5 mV (compensated with R5 to ± 0,5 mV) (o) Results of long term stability (p) Excitation (constant current) Compensated Temp. Range °C 0…50 °C (q) Date of test ------Test equipment - Temp. Coeff. of Zero: mV/°C 0,01 typ. 0,025 max. Remarks: - The indicated specifications only apply for constant current supply. The - Temp. Coeff. of Sensitivity: %/°C 0,01 typ. 0,025 max. sensor should be excited between 0,5 and 5 mA. The sensor signal is proportional to the current. Long Term Stability mV 0,25 typ. - If exposed to extreme temperatures, the compensation resistors should have a temperature coefficient of < 50 ppm/°C. Sensor and resistors can (1) At constant voltage excitation, the temperature coefficient of sensitivity is -0,2 %/K be exposed to different temperatures. (2) - The sensors may be ordered with integrated compensation resistors Other ranges on request (surcharge). (3) Includes linearity, hysteresis, repeatability. Linearity is defined as best straigth line through Zero BLUE OUT R1 Options (on request) BLACK IN

- Compensated temperature range -10…80 °C R2 RED OUT - Compensation resistors included BRIDGE - TC Zero reduced by factor 2 (with NTC resistors) R4 - Accuracy 0,1 or 0,2 %FS WHITE

- Special test procedure, special housing R5 IN R3 YELLOW - Electrical Wires SENSOR COMPENSATION

These miniature pressure transducers have been specially developed by KELLER for the measurement of hydrodynamic and aerodynamic pressures over a wide frequency band. Their construction provides the user with a high-performance miniature pressure transducer at an attractive cost. The measurement, carried out in situ, eliminates the errors caused by trans ducers mounted at a distance from the sensing point.

The pressure-sensitive element is a high-sensitivity piezoresistive chip in micro-machined silicon. Mounted in a stainless-steel casing, it is protected from the external environment by a thin coating of silicone elastomer and is submersible on the chip side. Electrical supply and signal measurement are by means of a subminiature screened cable sealed to the back of the transducer casing.

The 2Mi transducer can easily be assembled on to a structure by simply gluing the casing to it. The electrical supply to the transducer can be either constant current or constant voltage. The high output signal enables easy conditioning by means of standard instrumentation amplifiers giving a current or voltage amplified signal. Series 2Mi (without silicone protection) Applications Measurement of pressure on blades of hydraulic turbines, supervision of steam jets, dynamic measurements on profiles of aeroplanes and helicopters, cars, high speed trains, production of Pitot tubes and multidirectional speed probes, pressure transducers for subminiature data recorders, etc.

Integration of transducers, measurement chains: KELLER is able to carry out the instrumentation of a variety of structures supplied by the user (for example turbine blades), either by means of 2Mi miniature transducers, or directly with piezoresistive chips when space is at a premium. The reconstitution of the structure’s profile can also be undertaken by KELLER after installation of the transducers and electrical connections.

Series 2Mi on turbine profile

Selection of some Housing Types: Electrical Connections

Type 1 (PA110, standard) Type 2 (PA210, standard) Black + IN Yellow - IN White - IN Red + OUT Blue - OUT

ø 4,5 mm ø 6 mm height: 3 mm height: 2 mm ø cable: 0,6 mm (with TPU protective tube: ø 1,3 mm)

Type 1 (PA100, special) Type 2 (PA200, special) Type 3 (PA130, special)

ø 4,5 mm ø 4,5 mm ø 6 mm height: 1,9 mm height: 1,9 mm height: 1,9 mm ø cable: 0,6 mm

Pressure Ranges (FS)

PR-2Mi bar 1 2 5 10 20 PAA-2Mi bar 1 2 5 10 20 PA-2Mi bar 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 400

Overpressure bar 3 5 10 20 40 100 200 300 500 Sensitivity typ. (at 1 mA or 3,5 V) mV/bar 40 35 25 20 10 4 2 1 0,5 Natural Frequency kHz > 300 > 300 > 300 > 400 > 500 > 800 >1000 > 1000 > 1000

PR: Vented Gauge. Zero at atmospheric pressure. PAA: Absolute. Zero at vacuum. PA: Sealed Gauge. Zero at ≈ 1 bar abs.

Bridge Resistance at 25 °C Ω 3500 ± 20% Calibration Sheet Constant Current Supply mA 1 3,5 max. Each pressure sensor is supplied with a Ω Insulation / 50 VDC M > 100 calibration sheet with the following information: Storage- / Operating Temperature °C -20…80 / 0…80 • Type, serial number and range of the Compensated Temperature Range °C 0…40 pressure sensor • Tested pressure range with correspon Vibration g 50, 20 to 5000 Hz ding output signals and linearity error, Shock g 20, sinus 11 ms the zero offset, in mV, after compen Constant Acceleration g 500 sation with R3 or R4 Dead Volume Change mm3/FS < 1 • Sensitivity at determined excitation (voltage or current), in mV/bar, compensated with the resistors RE (if voltage Accuracy (1) %FS < 0,5 excitation) or RE* (if current excitation) Offset at 25 °C mV < 5 (compensatable with R3 or R4) • Value of resistor (temperature compen- Temperature Error 0…40 °C sation) for adjustment of zero, R1 or R2 • Zero mV/°C 0,025 typ. • Date of testing • Sensitivity %/°C 0,05 typ. Note • The voltage output is proportional to the Acceleration Sensitivity current voltage excitation • in sensitivity axis %FS/g FS ≤ 5 bar: < 3.10-4 FS > 5 bar: < 1.10-4 • If the compensations resistors are • vertically to sensitivity axis %FS/g FS ≤ 5 bar: < 5.10-5 FS > 5 bar: < 2.10-5 exposed to different temperatures, it is advisable to use temperature co (1) Linearity + Hysteresis + Repeatability efficients below 50 ppM/°C • The resistors can be supplied on a miniature printed circuit as an extra Material Housing Stainless steel type 316 L BLUE - OUT Sensor Protection Elastomer silicone R1 RE Elektrisches Kabel Screened cable ø 0,6 mm, length 0,5 m, BLACK + IN non halogen MIL-ENE, 5 single strand copper AWG R2 40 nylon insulated RED + OUT BRIDGE

Options Intermediate ranges RE* WHITE R4 Other cable lengths - IN R3 Other housings and materials YELLOW

Protection IP68 on cable side TRANSDUCER COMPENSATION Voltage supply

Series 3 L…10 L are a new generation of transducers from KELLER which feature smaller capsule dimensions and a crevice-free diaphragms. KELLER’s expertise in laser welding very thin materials enables the production of a line of transducers with a crevice-free media interface while improving on performance and long-term stability. 3 L / 4 L / 5 L 6 L 7 L

Each transducer undergoes extensive automated testing and is supplied with calibration data which includes sensitivity, linearity, initial zero offset and thermal effects over the compensated temperature range. This provides the user with the information required to ensure performance within specifications. 8 L

The 3 L…10 L transducers feature floating O-ring mounting to avoid errors which can be caused by mechanical stresses imparted to the transducer housing and ensures performance within the PD-9 L specifications. The transducer housing encases the piezoresistive silicon pressure sensor and a small quantity of oil, the latter of which is required to efficiently transfer the pressure exerted on the media-isolation diaphragm to the silicon pressure sensor.

The type of oil is most typically silicone but other oils are available for special applications where silicones are not allowed.

10 L With the laser welded technology, transducers having diameters as low as 9,5 mm can be realised. As can be discerned from the below chart, the lower the pressure ranges are available in only the larger, i.e., Ø 19 mm diameter, due to the inherent increase in diaphragm stiffness as the diameter is reduced.

Also note from the chart the lengths of the “L” vs. “L HP” designs, e.g., Series 6 L and 6 L HP, wherein the 6 L HP is 3,5 mm longer than the 6 L in order to accommodate the thicker glass feedthrough required to contain the higher pressures. PD-10 L

Dimensions Ranges Type (mm) (bar) Version

3 L Ø 9,5 x 4,2 20...200 abs.

4 L Ø 11 x 4,2 10...200 abs. Housing Diaphragm OilCeramic Laser Weld 5 L Ø 12 x 4,5 10...200 abs. 6 L Ø 13 x 4,5 20...200 abs. 6 L HP Ø 13 x 8 200...1000 abs.

7 L Ø 15 x 5 10...200 abs. / gauge (< 50 bar) 7 L HP Ø 15 x 8 200...1000 abs.

8 L Ø 17 x 7 0,2...200 abs. / gauge (< 50 bar)

9 L Ø 19 x 5 0,2...200 abs. / gauge (< 50 bar)

PD-9 L Ø 19 x 15 0,1...50 diff. / nass-nass Contact Wires Measuring Cell Glass Feedthrough 10 L Ø 19 x 15 0,1...100 abs. / gauge

10 L HP Ø 19 x 15 200...1000 abs. / gauge (< 50 bar) PD-10 L Ø 19 x 26 0,1...50 diff. / nass-nass

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 06/2016 CH-8404 Winterthur DE-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Series 3 L to 10 L Specifications Excitation I = 1 mA

Series 3 L…10 L Standard Pressure Ranges (FS) in bar PR -1 -0,5 -0,2 -0,1 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2 5 10 20 PD 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2 5 10 20 50 PAA 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2 5 10 20 PA 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 400 600 1000 Signal Output typ.* [mV] 75 50 25 15 15 30 60 100 140 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 Overpressure -1 -1 -1 -1 2,5 2,5 2,5 3 4 7 15 30 100 200 300 600 900 1100 PD, neg. Overpressure [-] 1 1 1 2 3 5 7 10 10 PD- 9 L, max. Line Pressure 50 PD-10 L, max. Line Pressure 200 (1) PR: Vented Gauge. Zero at atmospheric pressure PAA: Absolute. Zero at vacuum PA: Sealed Gauge. Zero at atmospheric pressure (at calibration day) PD: Differential * ± 40%

Bridge Resistance @ 25 °C 3,5 kΩ ± 20% ------134 PA-10L/20 BAR/81838.3 (1) SN E133755 (2) Constant Current Supply 1 mA nominal 3 mA max. ------Insulation @ 500 VDC 100 MΩ (3) Temp (4) Zero (5) +1000 (6) Comp (7) dZero [°C] [mV] [mV] [mV] [mV] Compensated Range (1) 0...50 °C (3 L…5 L) -10...80 °C (6 L…10 L) -9.8 0.0 -2.6 0.4 0.2 -0.6 0.1 -2.6 0.4 0.1 Storage- / Operating Temperature -10...80 °C (3 L…5 L) -20...100 °C (6 L…10 L) 21.8 0.2 -2.8 0.2 0.0 49.4 0.5 -2.9 0.0 -0.2 Vibration (20 to 5000 Hz) 20 g 79.6 0.8 -3.2 -0.2 -0.4 Endurance @ 25 °C > 10 Mio. FS cycles ------L1 COMP R1 1000 kOhm, (8) R4 12.0 Ohm (8) (8) Housing and Diaphragm Stainless steel, type 316 L (1) RB 3465 Ohm ZERO 0.2 mV (9) P_atm 965 mbar (10) ® (1) O-Ring Material 3 L, 5 L: Nitrile 4 L, 6 L…10 L: Viton SENS 8.43 mV/bar at 1.000 mA(11) (1) Oil Filling Silicone oil (14) Lnorm (15) Lbfsl Dead Volume Change @ 25 °C < 0,1 mm3 / FS (12) [bar] (13) [mV] [%FS] [%FS] 0.000 0.0 0.00 -0.11 Electr. Connection Wires (PD-9 L, PD-10 L, 10 L) 0,09 mm2 (12 x Ø 0,1 mm), 5.000 42.4 0.14 0.07 10.000 84.5 0.15 0.11 Silicone sheathed Ø 1,2 mm, 15.000 126.5 0.04 0.04 (10 L) (PD-9 L, PD-10 L) 20.000 168.3 -0.15 -0.11 Length : 7 cm , 10 cm ------Long Term Stability Ok (16) Lot 70590 (17) Compensated Range 0...50 °C Compensated Range -10...80 °C Test 500 Volt ok (18) Supply 1.000 mA (19) TC (Zero) max (4) Stability typ. TC (Zero) max. Stability typ. 20.06.15 (20) ------PH02.A03DqK (20) [mV/°C] [mV] [mV/°C] [mV] Each sensor is delivered with a calibration sheet with the following data: 1. Type (PA-10L) and range (20 bar) of pressure sensor 2. Serial number of pressure sensor (not standard) Series 3 L / 4 L 0,0375 0,75 – – 3. Test temperatures 4. Uncompensated zero offset in mV Series 5 L 0,025 0,50 – – 5. Zero offset values, in mV, with test resistance (1000 kΩ) (for factory computation only) Series 6 L / 7 L / 8 L 6. Zero offset, in mV, with calculated compensation resistors 0,025 0,50 0,050 0,75 7. Temp. zero error, in mV, with compensation resistors 8. Compensation resistor values R1 / R2 and R3 / R4, Series 9 L 0,0175 0,50 0,0375 0,75 RB: Bridge resistance 9. Offset with compensation resistors R1/ R2 and R3 / R4 fitted (fine adjustment of zero with R5 potentiometer) Series 10 L 0,0125 0,25 0,025 0,50 10. Ambient pressure, zero reference for absolute sensors < 20 bar 11. Sensitivity of pressure sensor (2) (1) 12. Pressure test points Accuracy 0,25 %FS typ. 0,5 %FS max. 13. Signal at pressure test points Offset at 25 °C < 5 mV (compensated with R5 of 20 Ω (3)) 14. Linearity (best straight line through zero) 15. Linearity (best straight line) Temperature Coefficient Sensitivity (5) 0,02 %/°C typ. (0…50 °C) 16. Results of long term stability 17. Lot-type (on request, identification of silicon chip) 0,05 %/°C typ. (-10…80 °C) 18. Voltage insulation test 19. Excitation (constant current) Line Pressure Influence < 0,0125 mV/bar (PD-9 L, PD-10 L) 20. Date of test ------Test equipment Natural Frequency (Resonance) > 30 kHz Remarks: The sensor characteristics may be influenced by installation conditions. Please follow the installation instructions on our - The indicated specifications apply only for constant current supply product-specific web pages. of 1 mA. The sensor must not be supplied more than 3 mA. The output voltage is proportional to the current supply (excitation). (1) Others on request. By using excitation unlike the calibrated excitation the output si- (2) Including linearity, hysteresis and repeatability. Linearity calculated as best straight line through zero. gnal can deviate from the calibrated values. Note: Generally, accuracy and overload is improved by factor of 2 to 4 if the sensor is used in the range of 0...50 %FS - If exposed to extreme temperatures, the compensation resistors (3) should have a temperature coefficient of < 50 ppm/°C. Sensor External compensation; potentiometer is not supplied. and resistors can be exposed to different temperatures. (4) Temperature-Coefficients of Zero (5) - The sensors may be ordered with integrated compensation resis- On request, a maximal TC Sensitivity can be guaranteed or the value for the compensation resistor (Rp) can be indicated. tors (surcharge).

BLUE Options -OUT R1 - Diaphragm and housing: Hastelloy C-276, Inconel 718 or Titanium; gold-plated diaphragm BLACK +IN - Oil for low temperatures. Oxygen-compatible oil. Olive oil. Rp R2 - Integrated temperature sensor (version PA, PAA, PR) RED BRIDGE - Special characteristics: Linearity, overpressure, lower TC-zero resp. TC-sensitivity +OUT - Extended temperature range from -55 to 150 °C (7 L…10 L) - All pressure ranges between 0,1 and 1000 bar; Series 10 L: Pressure ranges up to 2000 bar WHITE R4 R5 - Series PD-10 L: Line Pressure up to 600 bar R3 -IN - Compensation PCB fitted YELLOW SENSOR COMPENSAT ION - Mathematical modelling: See data sheet Series 30 X

Page 2 of 4 Series 3 L to 10 L Standardised Premium-Line The preceding two pages present a variety of possibilities for the design, pressure ranges, accuracies, materials and manufacturing processes for the Series 3 L …10 L. The benefits of standardised processes are only of limited use when custom-manufacturing this unique, piezoresistive OEM pressure sensor. For this reason, variants have been selected from the existing L-Series and refined by our engineers to create a “Standardised Premium-Line”, starting with Series 10 L.

Creating this standard has brought signficant advantages. For instance, processes have been optimised, streamlined and standardised, while stock needs can be anticipated in advance (which results in shorter delivery times). The expertise and advantages represented by the wide variety of pressure sensors have also been bundled together. By channelling their technology into a standard based on selected pressure ranges and designs, our engineers have succeeded in further enhancing the performance of our most stable sensors, improving reproducibility through a specific set of sensor chips with a uniform design and optimised diaphragm stamping and oil volume.

Technical Features • Optimum long-term stability • Durable stainless-steel housing • Flush, crevice-free welded diaphragms • High overload resistance • Optimised thermal behaviour • Pressure ranges from 0,3 bar to 30 bar, available from stock Serie PR-10 L Serie PA(A)-10 L Serie PD-10 L

Specifications Series 10 L (of the „Standardised Premium-Line“)

Pressure Ranges (FS)

PR-10 L 0,3 1 3 10 30 bar ± 0,3 ± 1 -1…3 -1…10 -1…30 bar PD-10 L 0,3 1 3 10 30 bar ± 0,3 ± 1 bar PAA-10 L 0,3 1 3 10 30 100 bar PA-10 L 1 3 10 30 100 bar

Sensitivity typ.* @ Supply 1 mA 135 48 48 16 5,5 1,6 mV/bar

Overpressure max.. PR, PAA, PA 3 9 9 30 90 300 bar PD pos. 3 12 12 35 100 bar PD neg. 2 6 6 20 60 bar

PAA: Absolute. Zero at vacuum PA: Sealed Gauge. Zero at atmospheric pressure (at calibration day) PR: Vented Gauge PD: Differential grey: in progress * max. ±25 %

Series 10 L Series 10 L Pin Assignment PR, PAA, PA PD Half-open bridge

(26) +OUT Ø 19 h9 9 8 9 +IN 0,2 x 45˚ Ø 16,4 -OUT ø 5,08 0,3 x 45 ˚

-IN -OUT

-IN +OUT Ø 19 h9 Ø 16,4 15 2,5 3 Label Deisgnation Wires

+IN Pos. Supply ** BK Ø 1,2 +OUT Pos. Output RD Ø 0,45 2,5 2 -OUT Neg. Output BU

-IN +OUT Neg. Supply WH -IN Neg. Supply YE Pins glass feed-through Ø 0,45 mm, L = 4 ± 0,5 mm, Wires 0,09 mm2 (12 x Ø 0,1 mm), -OUT 45°-grid on Ø 5,08 mm (0,2″) Silicone sheathed Ø 1,2 mm, length 10 cm Referential tube Ø 1,2 mm ** Top of Bridge (TOB)

Page 3 of 4 Series 3 L to 10 L Performance Long Term Stability 0,25 mV typ. Accuracy (1) 0,25 %FS typ. 0,5 %FS max. Influence Line Pressure < 0,0125 mV/bar (PD)

Electrical Characteristics Constant Current Supply 1 mA nominal 3 mA max. Bridge Resistance @ 25 °C 3,5 kΩ ± 20% Insulation @ 500 VDC 100 MΩ

Material Housing and diaphragm Stainless steel, type 316 L Seal Ring Ø 15,6 x 1,78 mm FKM (Viton® Type A, -20…200 °C) Operation below -20 °C (on request) VMQ (silicone) / FVMQ (fluoro-silicone) Oil Filling Silicone oil AK100

Temperature Characteristics Compensated Range -10…80 °C Storage- / Operating Temperature -30…100 °C (PR, PAA, PA) -40...120 °C (PD) Temperature Coefficient - Zero (R1/R2 pre-compensated) TCzero 0,025 mV/°C max. - Sensitivity TCsens (2) 0,06 %/°C typ. 0,03 %/°C max. (Rp pre-compensated) - Total Bridge Resistance 2200 ppm/°C typ.

Dynamics Vibration (20 bis 5000 Hz) 20 g Natural Frequency (Resonance) > 30 kHz Endurance @ 25 °C > 10 Mio. FS cycles Dead Volume Change @ 25 °C < 0,1mm3 / FS Weight 25 g (PR, PAA, PA) 36 g (PD)

Options (against extra charge and not available from stock) - Characteristics indicated for partial pressure ranges (3), such as 0,1 / 0,2 / 0,5 / 1 bar etc., or according to DIN 0,1 / 0,16 / 0,25 / 0,4 / 0,6 / 1 bar etc. - Other temperature ranges, oil fillings, sealings, electrical connections (e.g. 7 cm wires) - Diaphragm and housing made of Hastelloy C-276 - Diaphragm and housing made of Titanium only for PA(A)-/PR-Version - Integrated temperature or absolute pressure sensor only for PD-Version - Mathematical modelling: See data sheet Series 30 X - Modifications to customer specific applications

The sensor characteristics may be influenced by installation conditions. Please follow the installation instructions on our product-specific web pages. (1) Including linearity, hysteresis and repeatability. Linearity calculated as best straight line through zero. Note: Generally, accuracy and overload is improved by factor of 2 to 4 if the sensor is used in the range of 0...50 %FS. (2) On request, a maximal TC Sensitivity can be guaranteed or the value for the compensation resistor (Rp) can be indicated. (3) An analogue or digital zoom with a factor of three and good stability values can be achieved using zero-drift op amps, high-resolution ADCs and digital signal processing. Piezoresistive technology is ideally suited to downscaling thanks to its high gauge factor and the resultant high output signal.

Example of a Characteristic Line of the Temperature Coefficients (normalised at 25 °C, pre-compensated with R1/R2)

PAA-10L / 10bar PD-10L / 0,3bar 5 5 5 10

4 TCzero 4 4 TCzero 8 TCsens TCsens 3 3 3 6 TCsens comp. TCsens comp. 2 2 2 4

1 1 TCsens [%] 1 2 TCsens [%] TCzero [mV] @ 1 mA TCzero [mV] @ 1 mA 0 0 0 0

-1 -1 -1 -2 -30 -10 10 30 50 80 100 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

Page 4 of 4 Piezoresistive OEM Pressure Transmitters Series 4 LC…9 LC -40…150 °C, with embedded signal conditioning

The Series 4 LC…9 LC family of miniature OEM pressure transmitters combines a piezoresistive pressure sensor with -40…150 °C-capable signal conditioning in one compact, easy-to-integrate package.

Technology 4 LC The “LC” line of miniature pressure transmitters leverages Keller’s extensive background in high-stability piezoresistive pressure sensors and innovative digital signal processing. Now, both pressure sensor and signal processor are integrated into a miniature, hermetically-sealed housing no larger than was once required for the sensor only! 7 LC The name given to this new technology is Chip-In-Oil (CIO). CIO means not only that the entire pressure transmitter is embedded within a hermetically-sealed, oil-filled housing, but that this transmitter can then be seamlessly integrated into the OEM product, achieving cost savings and system performance not possible with other, conventional technologies.

Interfaces 8 LC The ratiometric analog output simplifies the integrators task by providing a signal output wherein the output is ratiometric to the supply, thereby eliminating the need to incorporate an expensive, absolute reference. Providing an 0,5…4,5 VDC output from a 5 VDC supply, the LC-transmitter is inherently protected against overvoltage and reverse polarity up to ±33 VDC and provides 9 LC noise immunity by a factor of 10X relative to the latest standards regarding emitted and conducted EMI.

Performance features • Hermetically protected sensor electronics - extremely resistant to environmental influences • Operating temperature up to 150 °C • Ultra-compact, robust housing made from stainless steel (optionally Hastelloy C-276) 9 FLC • No external electronics for compensation or signal processing • Extremely accurate, outstanding long-term stability, no hysteresis • Pressure ranges of 1 bar to 1000 bar • Extremely easy to integrate in overall systems • Two-chip solution with pressure sensor and signal processing separation provides a high 6 LC HP / 7 LC HP degree of flexibility. (High Pressure)

4 LC / Ø 11 7 LC / Ø 15 8 LC / Ø 17 9 LC / Ø 19

4,2 5 5 7 1 0,5 0,5 3 3 3 3

9 FLC / Ø 17 / Ø 21 6 LC HP / Ø 13 7 LC HP / Ø 15 Connection

5 8 8 Ø 5,08 0,5 3 OUT GND

9 9 Generally applies: Supply No force must be applied to the pins!

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 11/2015 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Specifications

Accuracy* max. +/- 0,25 %FS * Linearity best straight line @ RT, hysteresis, repeatability Overpressure 2,5 x pressure range, max. 300 bar resp. 1200 bar (6 LC HP, 7 LC HP) Long Term Stability max. +/- 0,3 %FS

Type/ Dimensions Pressure Storage Operating TEB (1) The integration of the transmitter elec- Version [mm] Range Temperature Temperature [%FS] tronics means that even extremely 4 LC ø 11 x 4,2 3…200 bar abs.(2) -10…+80 °C 0…50 °C ± 1,0 %FS small designs can be properly sup- 2…200 bar abs. -10…80 °C ± 1,0 %FS ported, and there is a considerable 7 LC ø 15 x 5 -40…+125 °C 2…30 bar rel. (3) -40…+125 °C ± 2,0 %FS amount of freedom for connection 8 LC ø 17 x 7 1…200 bar abs. -10…80 °C ± 0,8 %FS variants. Furthermore, there is no need to protect the nonexistent downstream 9 LC ø 19 x 5 1…30 bar rel. -40…+125 °C ± 1,5 %FS -40…+150 °C electronics against moisture and con- ø 17 x 5,5 1…50 bar abs. 9 FLC -40…+150 °C ± 2,5 %FS densation. Flange ø 21 1…30 bar rel. (only > 3 bar)

6 LC HP ø 13 x 8 -10…80 °C ± 0,8 %FS 200…1000 bar -40…+150 °C 7 LC HP ø 15 x 8 -40…+150 °C ± 2,0 %FS Laser Welding Oil Filling (1) TEB (Total Error Band): Maximum deviation within specified pressure and compensated temperature range (2) abs: Absolute Pressure Measurement (PAA: Absolute. Zero at vacuum PA: Sealed Gauge. Zero at 1,0 bar abs.) (3) rel: Referential version (PR: Vented Gauge. Zero at atmospheric pressure) +VCC

Type 3-wire +OUT Sensor Signal Output 0,1…0,9 V/V (0,5…4,5 V ratiometric) SigCond Supply 5,0 VDC ± 0,5 V +GND Reverse Polarity and Overvoltage Protection ± 33 VDC (permanently on all leads) Power Consumption max. 8 mA Load Resistance > 5 kΩ Diaphragm O-Ring Housing Glass Feed Sampling Rate / Bandwidth 2 kHz / 800 Hz Through Rise Time T99 1 ms Response Time (Supply ON) < 5 ms (0…99%) Isolation > 100 MΩ @ 500 VDC EMC-Industry EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-3 / EN 61326-2-3 / BCI 200mA @ 1…250MHz DO-160F RF Susceptibility (radiated) Cat. R: 150 V/m @ 400 MHz…8 GHz PM / 30 V/m @ 100 MHz…400 MHz CW & SW, DO-160F RF Susceptibility (conducted) Cat.R: 30 mA @ 10 kHz…40 MHz / 3 mA @ 40 MHz…400 MHz

Material in Contact with Media Stainless Steel AISI 316L (DIN 1.4404 / 1.4435) / optionally Hastelloy C-276 6 LC HP: Steel, 7 LC HP: Steel or optionally and @ > 600 bar and > 100 °C Inconel 718 O-Rings: Viton® 70 Shore A (-20…200 °C, exchangeable), @ 6 LC HP / 7 LC HP: Viton® 90 Shore A Support Ring @ 6 LC HP / 7 LC HP: PTFE Pressure Endurance 0...100% FS @ 25°C: > 10 mio. pressure cycles with appropriate installation (see install. requirements) Vibration Endurance 20 g, 5....2000 Hz, X/Y/Z-axis Shock 75 g sine 11 ms Oil Filling Silicone oil, others on request

Electrical Connection - Glass feed through pins D = 0,45 mm, L = 2,5…4 mm, Positioning: See scale drawing. Attention: It’s important not to load forces to the pins! - Silicone wires 0,09 mm2 @ the glass feed through pin - Plug JST 1,5 mm, 3-pole. Type: B3B-ZR-SM4-TF. Only for -20…85 °C and not for 4 LC & 6 LC As counterpart: IDC-socket with 1,27 mm flat band.Type: 03ZR-8M-P As counterpart: Crimp-socket with wires AWG 28. Type: ZHR-3, Crimp-contact: SZH-003-P0.5 Options Other pressure and temperature ranges, other accuracies.

Applications requiring a mechanical package our Series 21C product line. CIO is optio with certain pressure and electrical connec- nally available with the 2-wire I2C digital tions can be accommodated. Almost any interface, enabling bus-capability in the combination of connections is possible with system design. Serie 21 C

With the D-line, Keller introduces a unique combination consisting of an exceedingly robust industrial pressure transducer and the popular I2C microcontroller interface. Pressure transmitters with this interface are commonly available only in consumer market housings made of plastic or ceramic, where merely the parameters for compensation are stored in an integrated memory. The D-line OEM transmitters however have an unprecedented embedded digital signal 4 LD processing (DSP) core for the compensation and normalization of the output values.

Technology The Series 4 LD...9 LD is based on KELLER’s famous Chip-In-Oil (CIO) technology. The “L” stands for the laser welded stainless steel housing and could equally be representative for low-power (typ. 0,1 µA in idle/sleep mode) and low-voltage (Supply: 1,8...3,6 VDC). The housing 7 LD is hermetically-sealed, oil-filled and builds a Faraday cage with feed-through capacitors around the entire electronics. The digital interface of the electronics with dual information of pressure and temperature is indicated by the “D”.

Interface The easiest way to couple an OEM pressure transmitter to a microcontroller based system is a digital I/O-compatible interface; no amplification, no analog to digital conversion, no calibration, 9 LD no temperature coefficients. In short: no problems. I2C (Inter-Integrated Circuit) is designed for a direct connection between devices on a printed circuit board. It is a BUS-system because it allows the connection of multiple transmitters (slaves) to the same communication lines, but it is not a fieldbus with the classic long distance inter-connectability. So the D-Line combines an industrial pressure interface for harsh environment with an electrical interface for OEM applications. The values are in 16 Bit unsigned integer format and the scaling is given by constants or by the memory content of the transmitter (two floating point values IEEE 754 for the pressure scaling). 9 FLD Performance features • Ultra low power consumption, optimised for battery powered applications • Hermetically protected sensor electronics – extremely resistant to environmental influences • Ultra-compact, robust housing made from stainless steel (optional Hastelloy C-276) • No external electronics for compensation or signal processing • Extremely accurate, outstanding long-term stability, no hysteresis 6 LD HP / 7 LD HP • Pressure ranges of 1 bar to 1000 bar (high pressure) • Easy to integrate into microcontroller based systems I2C is a trade- • Internal two-chip solution with pressure sensor and signal processing separation provides a mark of NXP high degree of flexibility

Series 4 LD Series 7 LD Series 9 LD Connection Ø 11 Ø 15 Ø 19

Ø 5,08 4,2 5 5 0,5 1 0,5 EOC GND 4±0,5 4±0,5 4 ±0,5 SDA SCL

SUP (supply) Series 9 FLD Series 6 LD HP Series 7 LD HP Ø 17 / Ø 21 Ø 13 Ø 15 Label Description Wire 5 88SUP 1,8…3,6 V BK 0,5 4±0,5 GND GND WH SCL I2C Clock YE

2 For proper handling please check our 99SDA I C Data BU installation instructions on our product EOC End of Conversion RD specific web page.

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Version 03/2017 CH-8404 Winterthur DE-79798 Jestetten Änderungen vorbehalten +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Unternehmen zertifiziert nach ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Specifications Pressure Ranges rel. PR 0…1 -0,5…0,5 -1…3 -1…10 -1…30 bar Pressure Ranges abs. PA 0…3 0…10 0…30 0…100 0…200 0…400 0…600 0…1000 bar PAA 0…1 0,5…1,5 0…3 0…10 bar

Accuracy max. ± 0,15 %FS (Linearity best straight line@RT, hysteresis, repeatability) Communication Protocol Overpressure 4 x pressure range (max. 350 bar resp. 1200 bar for 6 LD HP, 7 LD HP) D-Line OEM-transmitter samples only on request. (limited to max. ± 3 mbar) Long Term Stability typ. ± 0,1 %FS, max. ± 0,2 %FS The idle state is the sleep mode to save power. Sequence for data acquisition: Type/ Dimensions Pressure Operating Comp. Temp. TEB (1) Version [mm] (4) Range Temperature Range [%FS] 1. Request measurement 2 bytes from master (2) 4 LD ø 11 x 4,2 3…200 bar abs. -10…+80 °C 0…50 °C ± 0,7 %FS ADDR 0 0xAC 3…200 bar abs. 0…50 °C ± 0,5 %FS 7 LD ø 15 x 5 -40…+110 °C 3…30 bar rel. (3) -10…80 °C ± 0,7 %FS 2. Await the end of conversion (three ways) - Simple delay of 8 ms 1…200 bar abs. 9 LD ø 19 x 5 - Polling of the “Busy?” flag [5] in the 1…30 bar rel. 0…50 °C ± 0,5 %FS -40…+110 °C status byte (only one byte reading needed) ø 17 x 5,5 1…30 bar abs. -10…80 °C ± 0,7 %FS - Event triggering by the additional “EOC” 9 FLD Flange ø 21 1…30 bar rel. handshake pin (goes to VDD)

6 LD HP ø 13 x 8 0…50 °C ± 0,7 %FS 3. Read out measurement results 400…1000 bar abs. -40…+110 °C 7 LD HP ø 15 x 8 -10…80 °C ± 1,0 %FS 1 byte from master, 3…5 bytes from slave (1) TEB (Total Error Band): Maximum deviation within specified pressure and compensated temperature range ADDR 1 STATUS P MSB P LSB … (2) abs: Absolute Pressure Measurement (PAA: Absolute. Zero at vacuum PA: Sealed Gauge. Zero at 1,0 bar abs.) … T MSB T LSB (3) rel: Referential version (PR: Vented Gauge. Zero at atmospheric pressure) (4) Dimensions without glass feed through 4. Interpretation of new data P [bar] = P min…P max  16384…49152 Interface digital I2C (serial synchronus) T [°C] = -50…150 °C  384…64384 Signal Output P [bar], T [°C]: normalised to 16 Bit unsigned integer Pressure Range Reserve typ. ± 10 %FS, min. ± 5 %FS The complete communication protocol is available Supply 1,8…3,6 V on the KELLER homepage. Power Consumption typ. 1,5 mA during conversion typ. 100 nA in idle mode Laser Bit Rate ≤ 3,4 MHz Welding Oil Filling Start-up Time (Supply ON) < 1 ms Conversion Time typ. 6 ms, max. 8 ms (for P and T) +VCC Logic Levels LOW: max. 15 %VSUP, HIGH: min. 85 %VSUP

Noise Floor max. ± 0,015 %FS (temperature 4 Bit) 0 SCL

Temperature Accuracy typ. ± 2 °C Sensor SDA SigCond Supply Voltage Dependency none ADDR=0x4 Isolation > 100 MΩ @ 500 VDC GND ESD – Human Body Model > 4 kV (HBM: C = 100 pF / R = 1,5 kΩ) Material in Contact with Media - Stainless Steel AISI 316L (DIN 1.4404 / 1.4435) ® - O-Ring: Viton Shore A (-20…200 °C, exchangeable) Diaphragm O-Ring Housing Glass Feed Oil Filling Silicone oil, others on request Through Pressure Endurance 0…100 %FS @ 25 °C: > 10 million pressure cycles with appropriate installation Plug JST Vibration Endurance 20 g, 5…2000 Hz, X/Y/Z-Achse with Series 7 LD Shock 75 g sine 11 ms Electrical Connection - Glass feed through pins ø 0,45 mm, L = 4 ± 0,5 mm - Plug JST 1 mm, 5-pole. Type: BM05B-SRSS-TB. Only for -20…85 °C and not for 4 LD & 6 LD As counterpart: Crimp-socket with wires AWG 28. Type: SHR-05V-S-(B), Crimp-contact: SSH-003T-P0.2 Options - Electrical connection: 7 cm silicone wires 0,09 mm2 on the glass feed through pins - Hastelloy housing (dep. on version also Inconel, Titanium) - Extended temperature range within -50…125 °C Other possible versions - Series 9 LD: With pressure range 300 mbar rel. - Series 20 D: With pressure connection G1/4”, G1/8” etc. Series 20 D Series 21 D - Series 21 D: With screened cable (0,5 to 3 m) G1/4” G1/8” with Cable Remarks - Intermediate press. ranges only for high-volume projects - Series 21 D is not available with plug (I2C is not a fieldbus)

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Version 03/2017 CH-8404 Winterthur DE-79798 Jestetten Änderungen vorbehalten +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Unternehmen zertifiziert nach ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Piezoresistive OEM Capsule Series 6 / Series 6T for sealed gauge and vented gauge pressures

The Series 6 capsules are of all welded stainless steel construction, with integral media isolation diaphragm. No ‘O’ring seals are used. The Series 6 uses a silicon TAB sensor mounted in the oil filled stainless steel capsule, providing a highly stable measuring cell with negligible hysteresis, high output signal and a life of millions of pressure cycles.

TAB (Tape Automated Bonding) is a flexible printed circuit system for interconnection between the silicon sensor and the capsule output pins, offering improved reliability and significantly lower production costs. Series 6 is a low cost sensor for OEM use, tested for function only, with no calibration data supplied. Series 6T is supplied tested, with calibration certificate: Linearity, sensitivity, zero point, temperature coefficients 0…50 °C and compensation resistor values (resistors not supplied).

Specifications Pressure Ranges (FS) Sealed Gauge (Low Pressure) 10 20 50 100 200 bar Overpressure 15 30 75 150 300 bar

Sealed Gauge (High Pressure) 400 600 bar Overpressure 600 800 bar

Vented Gauge 10 20 bar Overpressure 15 30 bar

Constant Current Supply 1 mA nominal 3 mA max. Signal Output (FS) 150…250 mV @ 1 mA Bridge Resistance @ 25 °C 3,5 kΩ ± 20 % Offset at 25 °C ± 5 mV typ. ± 25 mV max. Accuracy (1) ± 0,5 %FS typ. ± 1,0 %FS max. Stability ± 0,1 %FS typ. ± 0,3 %FS max. Operating Temperature -10…80 °C Temperature Coefficient - Zero ± 0,01 %FS/°C typ. ± 0,05 %FS/°C max. - Sensitivity ± 0,02 %/°C typ. ± 0,05 %/°C max. Housing and Diaphragm Stainless steel AISI 316L (DIN 1.4404 / 1.4435)

(1) Including linearity, hysteresis and repeatability. Linearity calculated as best straight line through zero. Note: Generally, accuracy and overload is improved by factor of 2 to 4 if the sensor is used in the range of 0...50 %FS.

Series 6 (abs./rel.) Series 6 (abs.) Connections Low Pressure Version G1/4” High Pressure Version +OUT RD

+IN BK

-OUT BU ø 5,08 ø 18,6 12 -IN YE Flat Seal -IN WH 2

BLUE 8 HEX 19 -OUT R1 BLACK +IN

Rp R2 13 16 RED BRIDGE 1 +OUT

1 WHITE R4 R5 ø 0,45 R3 YELLOW -IN

ø 15 SENSOR COMPENSATION ø 16

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 06/2016 CH-8404 Winterthur DE-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Piezoresistive Pressure Transducers Series 6 S vented gauge and absolute pressure Series 6 M

These piezoresistive pressure transmitter-heads are produced on the new KELLER automatic brazing lines, making possible the mass production of high quality pressure transmitters at low cost. This new technology allows the crevice-free construction of the pressure port without using seals or O-rings. In the brass sensor line (Series 6 M), a steel insert and a nickel diaphragm are brazed into a brass housing. In the steel version (Series 6 S), all parts are of stainless steel (AISI 316 L). The header with the silicon pressure sensor and the glass feed-through pins are welded to the steel insert underneath the oil filling.

Series 6 S / 6 M: These transducers are the ideal basis for pressure transmitters, pressure switches or digital Ranges 5…200 bar (Compact-Version) pressure instruments. The transducer heads come in 3 basic versions:

6 M: Version in brass, lowest price, accuracy 1 %FS. Ranges 5…200 bar 6 S: Stainless steel, highest performance, accuracy 0,5 %FS. Ranges: 0,3…1000 bar

Series 6 S and 6 M are low cost sensors for OEM use, tested for function only, with no calibration data supplied. Series 6 ST is supplied tested, with calibration certificate: Linearity, sensitivity, zero point, temperature coefficients 0…50 °C and compensation resistor values (resistors not Series 6 S: supplied). Ranges 0,3…200 bar

Series 6 S: Ranges 400…600 bar

Electrical Connections

Ø 18,6 Ø 5,08 - OUT Ø 18,6 G 1/4" - IN Ø 18,6 G 1/4" (ye) + IN - IN G 1/4" 12 (wh) + OUT

12 12 2

2 10 2 Hex. 22 10 Hex. 22 8 Hex. 19

2 16,5 Ø 19 10 10 Ø 21 Ø 21 Ø15 Ø 18 Ø 19 ~ 4 ~ 4 ~ 4

6 S / 6 M: 5…200 bar 6 S: 0,3…200 bar 6 S: 400…1000 bar (Compact Version)

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 05/1999 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Specifications Excitation I = 1 mA

Pressure Ranges (FS) and Overpressure in Bar. Signal Output in mV.

PR-6 -1 -0,5 -0,3 0,3 0,5 1 2 5 10 20 PAA-6 0,3 0,5 1 2 5 10 20 PA-6 -1 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 400 600 Signal Output typ. 1) 50 60 100 140 200 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 Overpressure 2,5 2,5 2,5 3 10 20 40 100 200 300 600 900

PAA: Absolute. Zero at vacuum PA: Sealed Gauge. Zero at atmospheric pressure (at calibration day) PR: Vented Gauge. Zero at atmospheric pressure 1) ± 40%

Bridge Resistance @ 25 °C Ω 3500 ± 20% ------32 Offset @ 25 °C 1 mA mV ≤ 5 mV typ. ≤ 20 mV max. PA-6ST/10 bar/80247.XX(a) ------(compensatable with R3…R5) (b) Temp (c) Zero (d) +1000 (e) Comp (f) dZero [°C] [mV] [mV] [mV] [mV] Constant Current Supply mA 1 nominal 5 max. -0.5 -9.1 -12.1 -0.4 -0.2 24.7 -8.5 -11.9 -0.2 0.0 Insulation @ 500 VCC MΩ ≥ 100 51.0 -8.1 -11.9 -0.2 0.0 ------L1 COMP R1 1000 kOhm (g) R4 47.0 Ohm (g) ZERO -0.2 mV (h) P_atm 970 mbar (i) Operating Temperature °C -20…80 SENS 11.98 mV/bar at 1.000 mA (j) (j) Compensated Range °C 0…50 SENS 47.94 mV/bar at 4.000 mA LIN (m) Lnorm (n) Lbfsl Storage Temperature °C -40…120 (k) [bar] (l) [mV] [%Fs] [%Fs] 0.000 0.0 0.00 -0.05 Vibration (5 to 2000 Hz) g 10, axes X/Y/Z 5.000 60.0 0.06 0.05 10.000 119.8 -0.06 -0.05 Shock g 20 sinus 11 ms ------(o) 6 Long Term Stability Ok Endurance (FS @ 25 °C) Cycles > 100 x 10 FS Lot 3.4012.00 (p) Test 500 Volt Ok (q) Supply 1.000 mA (r) (s) (s) Housing and Diaphragm 07.06.06 ------PH02.H03CtK Pressure Connection G 1/4”, Viton seal Each sensor is delivered with a calibration sheet with the following data: (a) Type (PA-6ST) and range (10 bar) of pressure sensor Oil Filling Silicone oil (b) Test temperatures (c) Uncompensated zero offset in mV Weight (d) Zero offset values, in mV, with resistance R1 (+) or R2 (-), in kΩ (for factory computation only) (e) Zero offset, in mV, with calculated compensation resistors Dead Volume Change @ 25 °C (f) Temp. zero error, in mV, with compensation resistors (g) 2 Compensation resistor values R1 / R2 and R3 / R4 Electrical Wires (optional) 0,09 mm , 12 x Ø 0,1 mm, silicone sheathed, (h) Offset with compensation resistors R1/ R2 and R3 / R4 fitted (1) (fine adjustment of zero with R5 potentiometer) aØ 1,2 mm, Length 7 cm (i) Ambient pressure, zero reference for absolute sensors < 20 bar (j) Sensitivity of pressure sensor (k) Pressure test points (l) Signal at pressure test points 6 S 6 M (m) Linearity (best straight line through zero) (n) Linearity (best straight line) Accuracy* %FS 0,5 1 (o) Results of long term stability (p) Lot (on request, identification of silicon chip) (q) Voltage insulation test Temp. Coefficients** (r) Excitation (constant current) (s) Date of test ------Test equipment – of zero, 0…50 °C mV / °C 0,025 0,05 Remarks: – The indicated specifications only apply for constant current supply. The – of gain, 0…50 °C % / °C 0,02 0,03 sensor should be excited between 0,5 and 5 mA. The sensor signal is proportional to the current. Long term stability %FS 0,2 0,5 – If exposed to extreme temperatures, the compensation resistors should have a temperature coefficient of < 50 ppm/°C. Sensor and resistors can Natural Frequency (Resonance) kHz > 30 be exposed to different temperatures. – The sensors may be ordered with integrated compensation resistors (surcharge). * Including linearity, hysteresis and repeatability. Linearity calculated as best straight line through zero. BLUE OUT ** Only with R1/R2 R1 BLACK IN

RED OUT Options BRIDGE – Threads in NPT-/UNF R4 – Oil fillings WHITE

R5 IN – Leads attached R3 YELLOW

SENSOR COMPENSATION

The Series 7 pressure sensors for medium pressure ranges are very compact isolated OEM-sensors with a diameter of only 15 mm. They should be preferred over Series 9 where small dimensions and low weight provide benefits.

A high-sensitivity piezoresistive silicon chip is used for pressure sensing. The chip is protected against ambient influences by a stainless steel housing sealed with a concentrically corrugated diaphragm. The housing is filled with silicone oil for the transfer of the pressure from the diaphragm to the sensing component.

All metal parts in contact with the pressure media are made of stainless steel AISI 316 L. The fully welded housing is vacuum-tight. The connecting pins allow direct PCB mounting or can be used for connecting cables.

A Rugged Pressure Transducer The piezoresistive chip immersed in silicone oil is welded into a housing made of stainless steel AISI 316 L.

High Sensitivity A nominal signal of 200 mV is obtained at a supply current of 1 mA for all standard pressure ranges.

Flexibility Versions: Absolute and sealed gauge pressure. 6 nominal measurement ranges from 5 to 200 bar. Different materials and oil fillings (see options verso).

Quality Each pressure transducer is subjected to comprehensive tests for its pressure response and temperature characteristics, and is delivered with an individual calibration certificate stating the characteristics as well as the results of all tests which were performed. Special testing is available if demanded by the customer.

The Series 7 can also be delivered with a laser welded media isolation diaphragm (see data sheet Series 3 L - 10 L). The technique for laser welding stainless steel diaphragms further improves the resistancy against crevice corrosion and still retains all the traditional performance, stability and quality for which KELLER is renowned.

Series 7 Electrical Connections

Transducer 5 Pin Transducer 6 Pin ø 14,9 0,3 x 45°

+ IN + IN + IN (black) (black) (black) 5 1,3 - OUT + OUT - OUT + OUT 2,5 (blue) (red) (blau) (red) 0,6 - IN (ye) - IN (wt) - IN (ye) - IN (wt) (yellow) (white) (yellow) (white)

ø 7,1 mm ø 7,1 mm ø 15 h6 45°-spacing 45°-spacing 12-14

ø 0,45

Standard Pressure Ranges (FS)

PAA-7 5 10 20 bar PA-7 5 10 20 50 100 200 bar

Signal Output typ.* @ Excitation 1 mA 200 200 200 200 200 200 mV

Overpressure 10 20 40 100 200 300 bar

PAA: Absolute. Zero at vacuum PA: Sealed Gauge. Zero at atmospheric pressure (at calibration day) * ± 40%

Bridge Resistance @ 25 °C 3,5 kΩ ± 20% ------794 Constant Current Supply 1 mA nominal 3 mA max. PA-7/20 bar/8476.2 (a) ------Insulation @ 500 VDC 100 MΩ (b) Temp (c) Zero (d) +360 (e) Comp (f) dZero [°C] [mV] [mV] [mV] [mV] -9.2 -4.9 -12.0 -0.3 -0.3 0.8 -4.5 -11.9 -0.2 -0.2 Storage-/Operating Temperature -20…100 °C 25.6 -3.5 -11.7 -0.0 0.0 (1) 55.0 -2.3 -11.8 -0.1 -0.1 Compensated Range -10…80 °C 79.7 -1.3 -12.0 -0.3 -0.3 Vibration (20 to 5000 Hz) 20 g ------L1 COMP R1 360 kOhm (g) R4 47.0 Ohm (g) Endurance @ 25 °C > 10 Mio. FS cycles RB 3462 Ohm (g) ZERO -0.0 mV (h) P_atm 951 mbar (i) SENS 10.92 mV/bar at 1.000 mA (j) LIN (m) Lnorm (n) Lbfsl Housing and Diaphragm Stainless Steel AISI 316 L (k) [bar] (l) [mV] [%Fs] [%Fs] Seal Ring Viton® (1), iØ 13 x 1 mm 0.000 0.0 0.00 -0.22 10.000 109.8 0.29 0.22 Oil Filling Silicone Oil (1) 20.000 217.7 -0.29 -0.22 ------Weight 5 g Long Term Stability Ok (o) (p) 3 Lot 7.0817.00 Dead Volume Change @ 25 °C < 0,1 mm / FS Test 500 Volt Ok (q) (r) 2 Supply 1.000 mA Electrical Wires (optional) 0,09 mm (12 x Ø 0,1 mm), Silicone 30.06.15 (s) ------GOLI.D03CqK (s) sheathed Ø 1,2 mm, Length: 7 cm (1) Each sensor is delivered with a calibration sheet with the following data: (2) (1) Accuracy 0,5 %FS typ. 1 %FS max. (a) Type (PA-7) and range (20 bar) of pressure sensor (b) (3) Test temperatures Offset at 25 °C < 5 mV (compensated with R5 von 20 Ω ) (c) Uncompensated zero offset in mV (d) Zero offset values, in mV, with resistance R1 (+) or R2 (-), in kΩ Temperature Coefficient 0...50 °C -10…80 °C (for factory computation only) (e) Zero offset, in mV, with calculated compensation resistors - Zero max. 0,025 mV/°C 0,05 mV/°C (f) Temp. zero error, in mV, with compensation resistors (g) (4) Compensation resistor values R1 / R2 and R3 / R4, - Sensitivity typ. 0,02 %/°C 0,05 %/°C RB: Bridge resistance (h) Offset with compensation resistors R1/ R2 and R3 / R4 fitted Long Term Stability typ. 0,5 mV 0,75 mV (fine adjustment of zero with R5 potentiometer) (i) Ambient pressure, zero reference for absolute sensors < 20 bar Natural Frequency (Resonance) > 30 kHz (j) Sensitivity of pressure sensor (k) Pressure test points The sensor characteristics may be influenced by installation conditions. Please follow the installation instructions on our (l) Signal at pressure test points product-specific web pages. (m) Linearity (best straight line through zero) (n) Linearity (best straight line) (o) Results of long term stability (1) Others on request. (p) Lot (on request, identification of silicon chip) (2) Including linearity, hysteresis and repeatability. Linearity calculated as best straight line through zero. (q) Voltage insulation test (r) Note: Generally, accuracy and overload is improved by factor of 2 to 4 if the sensor is used in the range of 0…50 %FS. Excitation (constant current) (s) Date of test ------Test equipment (3) External compensation, potentiometer is not supplied. Remarks: (4) On request, a maximal TC Sensitivity can be guaranteed or the value for the compensation resistor (Rp) can be indicated. - The indicated specifications apply only for constant current supply of 1 mA. The sensor must not be supplied more than 3 mA. The output voltage is proportional to the current supply (excitation). By using excitation unlike the calibrated excitation the output signal can deviate from the calibrated Optionen values. - If exposed to extreme temperatures, the compensation resistors should - Diaphragm and housing made of Hastelloy C-276. have a temperature coefficient of < 50 ppm/°C. Note: Sensor and resistors - Oil for low temperatures. Fluorinated oil. Olive oil can be exposed to different temperatures. - The sensors may be ordered with integrated compensation resistors - Special characteristics: Linearity, overpressure, lower TC-zero resp. TC-sensitivity (surcharge). - All pressure ranges between 5 and 200 bar BLUE - Other temperature ranges -OUT R1 - Compensation PCB fitted BLACK +IN

- Vented gauge version (PR) Rp R2

- Mathematical modelling: See data sheet Series 30 X RED BRIDGE +OUT

WHITE R4 R5

R3 YELLOW -IN

SENSOR COMPENSATION

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 06/2016 CH-8404 Winterthur DE-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com High-Temperature OEM Pressure Transducer Series 7 LI 200 °c / 200…1000 bar

The Series 7 LI OEM pressure transducers, ø 15 mm, are designed for high-pressure and high- temperature applications.

Robust and corrosion-resistant A high-sensitivity piezoresistive silicon chip is built in as the pressure-sensing element. Pressure is transmitted via an oil filling. The upstream separating diaphragm completely isolates the pressure chip from the medium to be measured.

The fully heat-sealed housing and the laser-welded separating diaphragm are made of Inconel 718, which aside from its strength also guarantees a high resistance to aggressive media.

High sensitivity Thanks to the piezoresistive technology, the typical full signal output for all available measuring ranges is 150 mV with a constant current supply of 1 mA.

Flexible use The absolute pressure transducers are available in four nominal measuring ranges from 200 to 1000 bar, with a maximum permissible operating temperature of 200 °C. The transducer may optionally be provided with an integrated PT100 or PT1000 temperature probe, making independent temperature detection possible.

Quality Each pressure transducer is carefully tested for pressure and temperature properties, and is supplied together with an individual calibration sheet setting out its characteristic values and the results of all tests carried out. Special testing programmes can be carried out on request. For high-precision compensation, a mathematical model can be established over the desired pressure and temperature range.

ø 15 Electrical Connections

5-Pin Transducer 5-Pin Transducer with ø 12,8 Temperature Probe

2,9

+ OUT - IN + OUT PT100/PT 1000 0,8 (red) (white) (red) (white)

9 + IN - IN + IN - IN / PT100 - OUT - OUT (black) (yellow) (black) (yellow) (blue) (blue)

5,08 5,08

ø 0,45 Half-open Closed measuring bridge measuring bridge

Pressure Ranges (FS)

PA-7 LI / PAA-7 LI 200 400 600 1000 bar

Overpressure 300 600 900 1100 bar

PAA: Absolute. Zero at vacuum PA: Absolute. Zero at 1 bar

Output Signal @ Supply 1 mA 150 mV typ. ------376 Ω Bridge Resistance @ 25 °C 3,5 k ± 20% PA-7 LI/1000 bar/81467.08(a) SN 16582I

Constant Current Supply 0,5…1,5 mA ------(b) Temp (c) Zero (d) +1000 (e) Comp (f) dZero Isolation @ 500 VDC 100 MΩ [°C] [mV] [mV] [mV] [mV] 20.0 -1.6 -4.3 -1.6 0.0 50.0 -1.6 -4.8 -1.6 0.0 80.0 -1.6 -5.3 -1.6 0.0 Compensated Range 20…200 °C (1) 119.9 -1.7 -6.2 -1.7 -0.0 149.7 -1.7 -7.0 -1.7 -0.0 Storage-/Operating Temperature -40…200 °C 179.4 -1.4 -7.6 -1.4 0.2 199.3 -0.5 -7.2 -0.5 1.2 Vibration (20 to 5000 Hz) 20 g ------COMP R1 / R2 open (g) R4 = 0.0 Ohm (g) Endurance @ 25 °C > 10 million FS cycles ZERO -1.6 mV (h) P_atm 965 mbar (i) SENS 0.155 mV/bar at 1.000 mA (j) LIN. (m) Lnorm (n) Lbfsl Housing and Diaphragm Inconel 718 (k) [bar] (l) [mV] [%Fs] [%Fs] ® (1) 0.000 0.0 0.00 0.20 Seal Ring Viton (-20…200 °C) , Ø 12 x 1,5 mm 250.000 38.4 -0.24 -0.10 ® 500.000 77.1 -0.27 -0.20 Support Ring Arlon , Ø 15 x 12,8 x 0,75 mm 750.000 116.1 -0.11 -0.11 Oil Filling Silicone oil (1) 1000.000 155.4 0.27 0.20 ------(o) Weight ≤ 9,2 g Long Term Stability Ok Lot C28/64/22 (p) Dead Volume Change @ 25 °C < 0,1 mm3 / FS Test 500 Volt ok (q) Supply 1.000 mA (r) 14.06.15 (s) ------LAB6.E03GkS (s)

Accuracy (2) typ. 0,5 %FS (1) Each sensor is delivered with a calibration sheet with the following data: (a) Type (PA-7 LI) and range (1000 bar) of pressure sensor Temperature Coefficient 20...200 °C (b) Test temperatures (c) Uncompensated zero offset in mV - Zero max. 0,015 %FS/°C (d) Zero offset values, in mV, with resistance R1 (+) or R2 (-), in kΩ (3) (for factory computation only) - Sensitivity typ. 0,03 %/°C up to 100 °C (e) Zero offset, in mV, with calculated compensation resistors (f) Temp. zero error, in mV, with compensation resistors 0,06 %/°C up to 200 °C (g) Compensation resistor values R1 / R2 and R3 / R4 (h) Offset with compensation resistors R1/ R2 and R3 / R4 fitted Long Term Stability typ. 0,75 mV (fine adjustment of zero with R5 potentiometer) (i) Ambient pressure, zero reference for absolute sensors < 20 bar (j) The sensor characteristics may be influenced by installation conditions. Please follow the installation instructions on Sensitivity of pressure sensor (k) Pressure test points our product-specific web pages. (l) Signal at pressure test points (m) Linearity (best straight line through zero) (1) Others on request. (n) Linearity (best straight line) (o) Results of long term stability (2) Including linearity, hysteresis and repeatability. Linearity calculated as best straight line through zero. (p) Lot (on request, identification of silicon chip) (q) Note: Generally, accuraand overload is improved by factor of 2 to 4 if the sensor is used in the range of 0...50 %FS. Voltage insulation test (r) Excitation (constant current) (3) On request, a maximal TC Sensitivity can be guaranteed or the value for the compensation resistor (Rp) can be indicated. (s) Date of test ------Test equipment

Remarks: - The indicated specifications only apply for constant current supply. The sensor should be excited between 0,5 and 1,5 mA. The output voltage is proportional to the current supply (excitation). Options - If exposed to extreme temperatures, the compensation resistors should have a temperature coefficient of < 50 ppm/°C. Note: Sensor and resistors can be exposed to different temperatures. - Other pressure ranges between 200 and 1000 bar - The sensors may be ordered with integrated compensation resistors - Higher pressure ranges on project basis (surcharge).

- Mathematical modelling over desired pressure and temperature range BLUE -OUT - Integrated PT100 / PT1000 temperature probe R1 BLACK - Screw-in housing +IN

- Mathematical modelling: See data sheet Series 30 X Rp R2

RED BRIDGE +OUT

WHITE R4 R5

R3 YELLOW -IN

SENSOR COMPENSATION

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 06/2016 CH-8404 Winterthur DE-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Piezoresistive OEM Pressure Transducers Series 7 S / 9 S / 9 FL absolute- and gauge pressure

The Series 7S / 9S is the latest development in media isolated piezoresistive silicon chip pressure transducers. The new low mass one-piece housing is smaller with a brazed stainless steel diaphragm giving excellent long-term stability combined with easy installation. Series 7 S

The Series 7S / 9S can be installed into a housing using an O-ring seal, or it can be welded. Welding should only be made to the flange at the rear of the transducer. Performance specifications will remain unaffected by the proper installation. The O-ring seal may be fitted directly below the flange, or as a peripheral seal at the front face of the transducer. The rear flange can be modified or machined off completely where space is important.

Series 9 S The thin flange and outer capsule wall ensure that mechanical mounting stresses are not trans- (< 50 bar) mitted into the measuring cell. The structure also has good thermal conductance and the sensor closely tracks the process media temperature.

The Series 7 S / 9 S transducers are constructed from 316L stainless steel, using a high temperature hydrogen brazing technique; the brazed 316L diaphragms are highly resistant to corrosion. The diaphragm of the Series 9 FL is laser welded with the housing. Electrical connection is made via a five-pin header. Leadout wires, or a PCB, can be soldered directly to the header pins. Series 7SE / 9SE versions are supplied with PCB fitted. Series 9 FL (< 50 bar) Every pressure transducer is subjected to comprehensive tests for pressure and temperature characteristics, and is delivered with an individual calibration certificate. Special testing is available on request from the customer.

Typical applications are heating pumps, autoclaves and dialysers. Other applications include measurement of altitude, avionics, meteorology, servo controls, robotics, hydraulics, hygienic Series 9 FL and pharmaceutical engineering, drift mining, injectors, and many more. (≥ 50 bar)

Series 7 S Series 9 S Series 9 FL

ø 21 ø 21

ø 15 ø 17 ø 17 3,5 6 5 5 5,5 5,5

4 4 thin 4 thick flange flange (<50 bar) (≥50 bar)

Standard Pressure Ranges (FS)

PR-7 S / 9 S (7 S: only from 5 bar) -1 -0,5 -0,2 -0,1 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2 5 10 20 bar PAA-7 S / 9 S (7 S: only from 5 bar) 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2 5 10 20 bar PA/PAA/PR 9 FL (thin flange) 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2 5 10 20 bar PA-7 S / 9 S (7 S: only from 5 bar) 1 2 5 10 20 bar PA-9 FL (thick flange) 50 100 200 bar Signal Output typ. * @ 1 mA 75 50 25 15 15 30 60 100 140 200 200 200 200 200 200 mV Overpressure -1 -1 -1 -1 2,5 2,5 2,5 3 4 7 15 30 100 200 300 bar

PR: Vented Gauge PAA: Absolute. Zero at vacuum PA: Sealed Gauge. Zero at atmospheric pressure (at calibration day) * ± 40%

Bridge Resistance @ 25 °C 3,5 kΩ ± 20% ------606 (2) Constant Current Supply 1 mA nominal 3 mA max. PR-9S/20 BAR/80507.8 (1) ------38/14 Insulation @ 500 VDC 100 MΩ (3) Temp (4) Zero (5) +1000 (6) Comp (7) dZero [°C] [mV] [mV] [mV] [mV] -9.3 6.7 3.9 -0.1 -0.1 (1) Storage-/Operating Temperature -20…100 °C 0.3 6.7 3.8 -0.1 -0.1 (1) 25.3 6.7 3.5 -0.0 0.0 Compensated Range -10…80 °C 50.3 6.8 3.0 0.0 0.1 Vibration (20 to 5’000 Hz) 20 g 79.9 6.9 2.5 0.2 0.2 ------1 Endurance @ 25 °C > 10 million FS cycles COMP R1/R2 open R3 27.0 Ohm (8) RB 3612 Ohm ZERO -0.0 mV (9) Housing and Diaphragm Stainless Steel, Type 316 L SENS 9.22 mV/bar at 1.000 mA (10) (11) (12) Brazing Material (7 S / 9 S) Nickel / Chrome LIN Lnorm Lbfsl (13) [bar] (14) [mV] [%Fs] [%Fs] Oil Filling Silicone Oil (1) 0.000 0.0 0.00 -0.06 10.000 92.4 0.08 0.06 Weight 7 S: 4,5 g 9 S: 6,5 g 20.000 184.3 -0.08 -0.06 9 FL: 6,6 g 9 FL (thick flange): 8,2 g, ------Long Term Stability Ok (15) 3 Dead Volume Change @ 25 °C < 0,1 mm / FS Lot 30937 (16) Test 500 Volt ok (17) (18) Accuracy (2) 0,5 %FS typ. (1) 1 %FS max. Supply 1.000 mA 09.08.15 (19) ------GOL4.A03DdK(19) Offset at 25 °C < 5 mV (compensatable with R5 of 20 Ω (3)) Each sensor is delivered with a calibration sheet with the following data: (1) Temperature Coefficient -10…80 °C 1. Type (PR-9S), drawing-no. (80507.8) and range (20 bar) of sensor 2. Test location-no. resp. serial-no. (engraved on request) of sensor - Zero max. 0,05 mV/°C 3. Test temperatures - Sensitivity typ. (4) 0,05 %/°C 4. Uncompensated zero offset in mV 5. Zero offset values, in mV, with test resistance (510 kΩ) (for factory computation only) Long Term Stability typ. 0,75 mV 6. Zero offset, in mV, with calculated compensation resistors 7. Temp. zero error, in mV, with compensation resistors Time Constant < 1 ms (Resonance > 30 kHz) 8. Compensation resistor values R1 / R2 and R3 / R4 9. Offset with compensation resistors R1/ R2 and R3 / R4 fitted. (fine adjustment of zero with R5 potentiometer) Electrical Connections +OUT 10. Sensitivity of pressure sensor 11. Linearity (best straight line through zero) 12. Linearity (best straight line) 13. Pressure test points +IN 14. Signal at pressure test points 15. Results of long term stability -OUT ø 5,08 16. Lot-type (on request, identification of silicon chip) 17. Voltage insulation test -IN yellow 18. Excitation (constant current) 19. Date of test ------Test equipment Remarks: -IN white - The indicated specifications apply only for a constant current supplyof 1 mA. The sensor must not be supplied with more than 3 mA. The output voltage is proportional to the current supply (excitation). By using excitation unlike the calibrated excitation the output signal can deviate from the calibrated values. The sensor characteristics may be influenced by installation conditions. Please follow the installation instructions on - If exposed to extreme temperatures, the compensation resistors should our product-specific web pages. have a temperature coefficient of < 50 ppm/°C. Note: Sensor and resistors can be exposed to different temperatures. - The sensors may be ordered with integrated compensation resistors (1) Others on request. (surcharge). (2) Including linearity, hysteresis and repeatability. Linearity calculated as best straight line through zero. BLUE Note: Generally, accuracy and overload is improved by factor of 2 to 4 if the sensor is used in the range -OUT R1 of 0…50 %FS. BLACK (3) External compensation, potentiometer not supplied. +IN (4) On request, a maximal TC Sensitivity can be guaranteed or the value for the compensation resistor (Rp) can be Rp R2

indicated. RED BRIDGE +OUT

WHITE R4 R5

R3 YELLOW -IN

SENSOR COMPENSATION

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 06/2016 CH-8404 Winterthur DE-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Piezoresistive OEM Pressure Transducers Series 8 absolute and sealed gauge pressure

The Series 8 pressure sensors are extremely durable, even when exposed to fast pressure peaks. They have been developed especially for the measurement of high pressures. The Series 8 sensor for ranges 400…1000 bar uses a thicker glass feed through and a wire-bonded measuring cell.

A high-sensitivity piezoresistive silicon chip is used for pressure sensing. The chip is protected against ambient influences by a stainless steel housing sealed with a concentrically corrugated diaphragm. The housing is filled with silicone oil for the transfer of the pressure from the diaphragm to the sensing component.

Typical applications: Industrial processes, aviation electronics, servo controls,oil industry, robotics…

A Rugged Pressure Transducer The piezoresistive chip immersed in silicone oil is welded into a housing made of stainless steel AISI 316 L.

High Sensitivity A nominal signal of 200 mV is obtained at a supply current of 1 mA for all standard pressure ranges.

Flexibility Versions: Absolute and sealed gauge pressure. 9 nominal measurement ranges from 10 to 1000 bar. Different materials and oil fillings (see options verso).

As an alternative, KELLER offers Series 7 L (HP) and 7 LI with a laser welded stainless steel diaphragm. The technique for laser welding further improves the resistancy against crevice cor- Series 8 rosion and still retains all the traditional performance, stability and quality for which KELLER is High Pressure renowned.

Series 8 Low Pressure (10…200 bar) Series 8 High Pressure (> 200…1000 bar)

ø 14,8 ø 14,8

3,5

13 13

2,6 ø 15 h6 2,1

1 ø 15 h6 4 11,4 ø 0,8 ± 0,05

ø 0,45

+OUT (red) +IN (black) +IN (black) -OUT +OUT (blue) (red) -OUT ø 5,08 mm 0 (blue) 45°-spacing ø 15 -0,2 -IN -IN -IN (yellow) (white) (yellow) -IN 2,6 (white) ø 7,2 mm 13 60°-spacing

7,5 2,6

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 06/2016 2,1 CH-8404 Winterthur DE-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approvedø 15 h6 to ISO 9001 12,4 8 [email protected] [email protected] ø 0,8 ± 0,05 www.keller-druck.com Specifications

Standard Pressure Ranges (FS)

PAA-8 10 20 bar PA-8 10 20 50 100 200 400 600 1000 bar Signal Output typ.* @ Supply 1 mA 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 mV

Overpressure 20 40 100 200 300 600 900 1100 bar

PAA: Absolute. Zero at vacuum PA: Sealed Gauge. Zero at atmospheric pressure (at calibration day) * ± 40%

Bridge Resistance @ 25 °C 3,5 kΩ ± 20% ------67 Constant Current Supply 1 mA nominal 3 mA max. PA-8/1000 bar/8467.8 (a) SN GM307 (b) ------Isolation @ 500 VDC 100 MΩ (c) Temp (d) Zero (e) +100 (f) Comp (g) dZero [°C] [mV] [mV] [mV] [mV] -9.2 -1.3 -27.1 -1.3 -0.1 Storage-/Operating Temperature -20…100 °C optional -55...150 °C 0.8 -1.2 -28.1 -1.2 -0.0 25.8 -1.2 -31.1 -1.2 0.0 (1) Compensated Range -10…80 °C 51.2 -1.1 -34.9 -1.1 0.0 81.6 -1.0 -40.2 -1.0 0.2 Vibration (20 up to 5000 Hz) 20 g ------1 (h) (h) Endurance @ 25 °C > 10 Mio. FS Cycles COMP R1/R2 open R4 0.0 Ohm ZERO -1.2 mV (i) SENS 0.174 mV/bar at 1.000 mA (j) (m) (n) Housing and Diaphragm Stainless Steel AISI 316 L LIN Lnorm Lbfsl (k) [bar] (l) [mV] [%FS] [%FS] Seal Ring Viton® (1) Ø 12 x 1,5 mm 0.000 0.0 0.00 -0.08 (1) 500.000 87.3 0.10 0.08 Support Ring High Pressure PTFE Ø 15 x 12,8 x 0,75 mm 1000.000 174.0 -0.10 -0.08 (1) ------Oil Filling Silicone Oil High Pressure Test Ok (o) Weight 13 g Lot 12062 (p) Test 500 Volt Ok (q) 3 Dead Volume Change @ 25 °C < 0,1 mm / FS Supply 1.000 mA (r) 28.05.15 (s) ------FLOP.C03IkS (s) Electrical Wires (optional) 0,09 mm2 (12 x Ø 0,1 mm), silicone sheathed Ø 1,2 mm, Length: 7 cm (1) Each sensor is delivered with a calibration sheet with the following data: (a) Type (PA-8) and range (1000 bar) of pressure sensor Accuracy (2) 0,5 %FS typ. (1) 1 %FS max. (b) Barcode & serial number of pressure sensor (not standard) (c) Test temperatures Offset at 25 °C < 5 mV (compensatable with R5 of 20 Ω (3)) (d) Uncompensated zero offset in mV (e) Zero offset values, in mV, with resistance R1 (+) or R2 (-), in kΩ Temperature Coefficient 0...50 °C -10…80 °C -55…150 °C (for factory computation only) (f) Zero offset, in mV, with calculated compensation resistors - Zero max. 0,025 mV/°C 0,05 mV/°C 0,075 mV/°C (g) Temp. zero error, in mV, with compensation resistors (h) Compensation resistor values R1 / R2 and R3 / R4 - Sensitivity typ. (4) 0,02 %/°C 0,05 %/°C 0,07 %/°C (i) Offset with compensation resistors R1/ R2 and R3 / R4 fitted. (fine adjustment of zero with R5 potentiometer) Long Term Stability typ. 0,5 mV 0,75 mV 1,25 mV (j) Sensitivity of pressure sensor (k) Pressure test points Natural Frequency (Resonance) > 30 kHz (l) Signal at pressure test points (m) Linearity (best straight line through zero) (n) Linearity (best straight line) The sensor characteristics may be influenced by installation conditions. Please follow the installation instructions on (o) Results of long term stability (p) our product-specific web pages. Lot (on request, identification of silicon chip) (q) Voltage insulation test (r) (1) Excitation (constant current) Others on request. (s) Date of test ------Test equipment (2) Including linearity, hysteresis and repeatability. Linearity calculated as best straight line through zero. Remarks: Note: Generally, accuracy and overload is improved by factor of 2 to 4 if the sensor is used in the range - The indicated specifications apply only for constant current supply of 1 mA. The of 0…50 %FS. sensor must not be supplied more than 3 mA. The output voltage is propor-tional to the current supply (excitation). By using excitation unlike the (3) External compensation, potentiometer not supplied. calibrated excitation the output signal can deviate from the calibrated values. (4) On request, a maximal TC Sensitivity can be guaranteed or the value for the compensation resistor (Rp) can - If exposed to extreme temperatures, the compensation resistors should be indicated. have a temperature coefficient of < 50 ppm/°C. Note: Sensor and resistors can be exposed to different temperatures. – The sensors may be ordered with integrated compensation resistors (surcharge). Options

BLUE - Platinum- or Hastelloy C-276 diaphragm -OUT R1 Transducer all Hastelloy C-276 BLACK +IN - Oil for low temperatures. Fluorinated oil. Olive oil Rp R2 - Special characteristics: Linearity, overpressure, lower TC-zero and/or TC-sensitivity RED BRIDGE - All pressure ranges between 10 and 1000 bar and 2000 respectively +OUT - Compensation PCB fitted WHITE R4 - Mathematical modelling: See data sheet Series 30 X R5

R3 YELLOW -IN

SENSOR COMPENSATION

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 06/2016 CH-8404 Winterthur DE-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Piezoresistive OEM Pressure Transducers Series 9 sealed gauge, absolute, vented gauge, differential

The Series 9 pressure sensor is the most economic version for pressure ranges from 100 mbar to 200 bar. The standard version is supplied with connecting pins (leadouts are fitted only on request) and the serial number is not engraved. A high-sensitivity piezoresistive silicon chip is used for pressure sensing. The chip is protected against ambient influences by a stainless steel housing sealed with a concentrically corrugated diaphragm. The housing is filled with silicone oil for the transfer of the pressure from the diaphragm to the sensing component. All metal parts in contact with the pressure media are made of stainless steel 316 L. The fully welded housing is vacuum-tight. The connecting pins allow direct PCB mounting or can be used for connecting cables. Typical Applications: Measurement of altitude, aviation electronics, meteorology, servo controls, robotics, hydraulics, sanitary and pharmaceutical engineering, underground mining, injection Series 9 engineering…

Rugged, Small Dimensions, Light Weight The piezoresistive chip immersed in silicone oil is welded into a housing made of stainless steel 316L. Diameter 19 mm; Height 5 mm; Weight 8 grammes.

High Sensitivity A nominal signal of 200 mV is obtained at a supply current of 1 mA for standard pressure ranges above 2 bar.

Ranges from 0,1 to 200 bar Absolute pressure, sealed gauge, differential, barometric, vented gauge and wet/wet differential.

The Series 9 can also be delivered with a laser welded media isolation diaphragm (see data sheet Series 3 L - 10 L). The technique for laser welding stainless steel diaphragms further improves the resistancy against crevice corrosion and still retains all the traditional performance, stability and quality for which KELLER is renowned. Series PD-9

Series 9 Series PD-9 Electrical Connections

Transducer 5 Pin Transducer 6 Pin ø 18,9 ø 18,9

+ ALIM. 2 + + ALIM. ⊕5 5,6 1,3 (black) (black) (black)

R2 R2 0,6 0,6 R1 R1 3 13,3 (PR) (blue) (red) (blue) (red) ø 19 - - SORTIE + SORTIE - SORTIE + SORTIE 12-14 1,3 (yellow) (white) (yellow) (white) ø 19 ø 1,2 0,8 ø 18,9 R3 R4 R3 R4

Reference circle Ø 7,1 mm ø 0,45 - ALIM. - ALIM. 45°-spacing

13,5

-IN +OUT +IN +IN -OUT -IN

Standard Pressure Ranges (FS) PR-9 -1 -0,5 -0,2 -0,1 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2 5 10 20 bar PD-9 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2 5 10 20 bar PAA-9 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2 5 10 20 bar PA-9 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 bar Signal Output typ.* @ 1 mA 100 60 30 15 15 30 60 100 140 200 200 200 200 200 200 mV Overpressure -1 -1 -1 -1 2,5 2,5 2,5 3 4 7 15 30 100 200 300 bar PD, neg. Overpressure [-] 1 1 1 1 2 3 5 5 bar PD, Line Pressure ≤ 100 bar PAA: Absolute. Zero at vacuum PA: Sealed Gauge. Zero at atmospheric pressure (at calibration day) PR: Vented Gauge. Zero at atmospheric pressure PD: Differential * ± 40%

------372 Bridge Resistance @ 25 °C 3,5 kΩ ± 20% (a) PA-9/20 bar/81336.2 Constant Current Supply 1 mA nominal 3 mA max. ------58/14 (b) Temp (c) Zero (d) +1000 (e) Comp (f) dZero Isolation @ 500 VDC 100 MΩ [°C] [mV] [mV] [mV] [mV] -9.5 -1.8 -4.6 -0.1 0.0 Storage-/ Operating Temperature -20…100 °C optional -55...150 °C 0.1 -1.7 -4.6 -0.1 0.0 (1) 25.4 -1.4 -4.6 -0.1 0.0 Kompensierter Bereich -10…80 °C 50.3 -1.1 -4.7 -0.2 -0.1 80.3 -0.6 -4.8 -0.3 -0.2 Vibration (20 up to 5000 Hz) 20 g ------L1 Endurance @ 25 °C > 10 Mio. FS Cycles COMP R1 1000 kOhm (g) R4 18.0 Ohm (g) RB 3609 Ohm ZERO -0.1 mV (h) P_atm 943 mbar (i) Housing and Diaphragm Stainless steel, AISI 316 L SENS 9.23 mV/bar at 1.000 mA (j) ® (1) Seal Ring Viton , Ø 17 x 1 mm LIN (m) Lnorm (n) Lbfsl (k) (l) Oil Filling Silicone Oil (1) [bar] [mV] [%Fs] [%Fs] 0.000 0.0 0.00 -0.17 Weight 8 g (PA/PAA/PR), 15 g (PD) 10.000 92.7 0.23 0.17 3 20.000 184.2 -0.23 -0.17 Dead Volume Change @ 25 °C < 0,1 mm / FS ------(o) Electrical Wires (optional) 0,09 mm2 (12 x Ø 0,1 mm), silicone sheathed Long Term Stability Ok Lot 7.0825.00 (p) Ø 1,2 mm, Length: 7 cm / 10 cm (PD) (1) Test 500 Volt Ok (q) (r) (2) (1) Supply 1.000 mA Accuracy 0,5 %FS typ. 1 %FS max. 03.03.15 (s) ------GOL3.B03CqK (s) Ω (3)) Offset at 25 °C < 5 mV (compensatable with R5 of 20 Each sensor is delivered with a calibration sheet with the following data: Temperature Coefficient 0...50 °C -10…80 °C -55…150 °C (a) Type (PA-9) and range (20 bar) of pressure sensor (b) Test temperatures esttemperaturen - Zero max. 0,025 mV/°C 0,05 mV/°C 0,075 mV/°C (c) Uncompensated zero offset in mV (d) (4) Zero offset values, in mV, with resistance R1 (+) or R2 (-), in kΩ - Sensitivity typ. 0,02 %/°C 0,05 %/°C 0,07 %/°C (for factory computation only) (e) Zero offset, in mV, with calculated compensation resistors Long Term Stability typ. 0,5 mV 0,75 mV 1,25 mV (f) Temp. zero error, in mV, with compensation resistors (g) Compensation resistor values R1 / R2 and R3 / R4 Line Pressure Influence < 0,0125 mV/bar (PD 9) (h) Offset with compensation resistors R1/ R2 and R3 / R4 fitted (fine adjustment of zero with R5 potentiometer) Natural Frequency (Resonance) > 30 kHz (i) Ambient pressure, zero reference for absolute sensors < 20 bar (j) Sensitivity of pressure sensor (k) Pressure test points The sensor characteristics may be influenced by installation conditions. Please follow the installation instructions on (l) Signal at pressure test points our product-specific web pages. (m) Linearity (best straight line through zero) (n) Linearity (best straight line) (o) (1) Results of long term stability Others on request. (p) (2) Lot (on request, identification of silicon chip) Including linearity, hysteresis and repeatability. Linearity calculated as best straight line through zero. (q) Voltage insulation test (r) Note: Generally, accuracy and overload is improved by factor of 2 to 4 if the sensor is used in the range of Excitation (constant current) (s) Date of test ------Test equipment 0…50 %FS. (3) External compensation, potentiometer not supplied. Remarks: (4) - The indicated specifications apply only for constant current supplyof 1 mA. The On request, a maximal TC Sensitivity can be guaranteed or the value for the compensation resistor (Rp) can be indi- sensor must not be supplied with more than 3 mA. The output voltage is cated. proportional to the current supply (excitation). By using excitation unlike the calibrated excitation the output signal can deviate from the calibrated values. - If exposed to extreme temperatures, the compensation resistors should Options have a temperature coefficient of < 50 ppm/°C. Note: Sensor and resistors can be exposed to different temperatures. - The sensors may be ordered with integrated compensation resistors - Platinum- or Hastelloy C-276 diaphragm. Transducer all Hastelloy C-276 (surcharge). - Flush diaphragm BLUE - Oil for low temperatures. Fluorinated oil. Olive oil -OUT R1 - Special characteristics: Linearity, overpressure, lower TC-zero and/or TC-sensitivity BLACK +IN

- All pressure ranges between 0,1 and 200 bar Rp R2

- Compensation PCB fitted RED BRIDGE - Mathematical modelling: See data sheet Series 30 X +OUT

WHITE R4 R5

R3 YELLOW -IN

SENSOR COMPENSATION

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 06/2016 CH-8404 Winterthur DE-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Piezoresistive OEM Pressure Transducers Series 10 sealed gauge, absolute, vented gauge, differential

The Series 10 pressure transducers cover all pressure ranges from 100 mbar to 1000 bar. They have been produced for over 35 years and are the premium product of the KELLER OEM-line. They are delivered with engraved serial number and electrical leadouts. Several millions of these pressure transducers are in use world-wide in a variety of different applications. Main fields of application are: Level technology, pneumatics, hydraulics, avionics. A high-sensitivity piezoresistive silicon chip is used for pressure sensing. The chip is protected against ambient influences by a stainless steel housing sealed with a concentrically corrugated Series 10 diaphragm. The housing is filled with silicone oil so as to ensure the transfer of the pressure from the diaphragm to the sensing component. All metal parts in contact with the pressure media are made of stainless steel 316 L. The fully welded housing is vacuum-tight.

A Rugged Pressure Transducer The piezoresistive chip immersed in silicone oil is welded into a housing made of stainless steel 316 L.

High Sensitivity A nominal signal of 200 mV is obtained at a supply current of 1 mA for the standard pressure ranges above 2 bar. Series 10 HD

Flexibility Versions: absolute pressure, sealed gauge, barometric, vented gauge and wet/wet differential. 18 nominal measurement ranges from 0,1 to 1000 bar. Different materials (Hastelloy, Platinum, Inco- nel, Monel among others). Various kinds of oil filling (olive oil, fluorinated oil, low temperature oil etc.)

Quality Each pressure transducer is subjected to comprehensive tests as to its pressure response and temperature characteristic, and is delivered with an individual calibration certificate stating the characteristics as well as the results of all tests which were performed. Special testing is avai lable if demanded by the customer.

The Series 10 can also be delivered with a laser welded media isolation diaphragm (see data sheet Series 3 L - 10 L). The technique for laser welding stainless steel diaphragms further im- Series 10 PD proves the resistancy against crevice corrosion and still retains all the traditional performance, stability and quality for which KELLER is renowned.

Series 10 Series 10 PD Electrical Connections < 400 bar ≥ 400 bar ø 19h9 + IN + IN + IN ø 18,9 (black) (black) (schwarz)

ø 18,9 - OUT + OUT - OUT + OUT (blue) (red) (blue) (red)

3 ⊕ 9 - IN - IN - IN - IN (yellow) (white) (yellow) (white) 15 ( ⊕ ø 7,1 mm ø 7,1 mm 26) 8 45°-spacing 45°-spacing ø 18 2 ⊕ 9 ø 19 ø 19 + IN (black) - h9 - h9 + IN n.c. - OUT + OUT (black) (blue) (red) - OUT + OUT + OUT - IN (blue) (rot) (red) (white) - IN - IN (yellow) (white) - IN - IN + IN - IN (yellow) (white) (black) - OUT (yellow) (blue) ø 7,2 mm 5,9 mm ø 5,08 mm 60°-spacing 45°-spacing

Pressure Ranges (FS) PR-10 -1 -0,5 -0,2 -0,1 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2 5 10 20 bar PD-10 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2 5 10 20 bar PAA-10 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2 5 10 20 bar PA-10 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 400 600 1000 bar Signal Output typ.* @ 1 mA 75 50 25 15 15 30 60 100 140 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 mV Overpressure (bar) -1 -1 -1 -1 2,5 2,5 2,5 3 4 10 20 40 100 200 300 600 900 1100 bar PD, neg. Overpressure [-] 1 1 1 2 3 5 7 10 bar

PD, Line Pressure ≤ 200 (1) bar PAA: Absolute. Zero at vacuum PA: Sealed Gauge. Zero at atmospheric pressure (at calibration day) PR: Vented Gauge. Zero at atmospheric pressure PD: Differential * ± 40%

------134 Bridge Resistance @ 25 °C 3,5 kΩ ± 20% PR-10/0,5 bar/81634.7 (1) SN F098637 (2)

Constant Supply 1 mA nominal 3 mA max. ------(3) Temp (4) Zero (5) +270 (6) Comp (7) dZero Insulation @ 500 VDC 100 MΩ [°C] [mV] [mV] [mV] [mV] -9.8 -3.1 -13.2 -1.5 -0.5 Storage-/Operating Temperature -20…100 °C optional -55...150 °C 0.3 -2.5 -13.0 -1.3 -0.3 (1) 25.1 -1.0 -12.8 -1.1 0.0 Compensated Range -10…80 °C 50.0 0.3 -13.0 -1.3 -0.2 Vibration (20 up to 5000 Hz) 20 g 80.1 1.7 -13.6 -1.9 -0.8 ------1 Endurance @ 25 °C > 10 Mio. FS Cycles COMP R1 270 kOhm (8) R4 47.0 Ohm (8) RB 3583 Ohm (8) ZERO -1.1 mV (9) Housing and Diaphragm Stainless Steel, Type 316 L SENS 119.7 mV/bar at 1.000 mA (10) Seal Ring Low Pressure Viton® (1) Ø 15,6 x 1,78 mm (PA/PAA/PR) LIN (11) Lnorm (12) Lbfsl (13) [bar] (14) [mV] [%Fs] [%Fs] Ø 17 x 1 mm (PD) 0.000 0.0 0.00 -0.21 Seal Ring High Pressure Viton® (1) Ø 15 x 2 mm (PA) 0.125 15.1 0.22 0.08 (1) 0.250 30.1 0.27 0.21 Support Ring High Pressure PTFE Ø 19 x 16 x 1 mm 0.375 45.0 0.12 0.12 Oli Filling Silicone Oil (1) 0.500 59.7 -0.27 -0.21 ------Weight 26 g (PA/PAA/PR), 36 g (PD) Long Term Stability Ok (15) Dead Volume Change @ 25 °C < 0,1 mm3 / FS Lot 11-016 (16) (17) 2 Test 500 Volt Ok Electrical Wires 0,09 mm (12 x Ø 0,1 mm), Silicone sheathed Supply 1.000 mA (18) Ø 1,2 mm, Länge: 7 cm / 10 cm (PD) (1) 13.06.15 (19) ------PH04.D03HeK (19) Each sensor is delivered with a calibration sheet with the following data: Accuracy (2) 0,25 %FS typ. (1) 0,5 %FS max. 1. Type (PR-10) and range (5 bar) of pressure sensor (3) 2. Serial number of pressure sensor Offset at 25 °C < 5 mV (compensatable with R5 of 20 Ω ) 3. Test temperatures 4. Uncompensated zero offset in mV Temperature Coefficient 0...50 °C -10…80 °C -55…150 °C 5. Zero offset values, in mV, with test resistance R1 (+) or R2 (-), in kΩ - Zero max. 0,0125 mV/°C 0,025 mV/°C 0,04 mV/°C (for factory computation only) 6. Zero offset, in mV, with calculated compensation resistors (4) - Sensitivity typ. 0,01 %/°C 0,02 %/°C 0,05 %/°C 7. Temp. zero error, in mV, with compensation resistors 8. Compensation resistor values R1 / R2 and R3 / R4, RB: Bridge resistance Long Term Stability typ. 0,25 mV 0,5 mV 0,75 mV 9. Offset with compensation resistors R1/ R2 and R3 / R4 fitted. (Fine adjustment of zero with R5 potentiometer) Line Pressure Influence < 0,0125 mV/bar (PD) 10. Sensitivity of pressure sensor Natural Frequency (Resonance) > 30 kHz 11. Linearity (best straight line through zero) 12. Linearity (best straight line) 13. Pressure test points The sensor characteristics may be influenced by installation conditions. Please follow the installation instructions on 14. Signal at pressure test points our product-specific web pages. 15. Results of long term stability 16. Lot-type (on request, identification of silicon chip) (1) Others on request. 17. Voltage insulation test 18. Excitation (constant current) (2) Including linearity, hysteresis and repeatability. Linearity calculated as best straight line through zero. 19. Date of test ------Test equipment Note: Generally, accuracy and overload is improved by factor of 2 to 4 if the sensor is used in the range Remarks: of 0…50 %FS. - The indicated specifications apply only for constant current supply of 1 mA. The sensor must not be supplied more than 3 mA. The output voltage is (3) External compensation, potentiometer not suppliedt. proportional to the current supply (excitation). By using excitation unlike the calibrated excitation the output signal can deviate from the calibrated values. (4) On request, a maximal TC Sensitivity can be guaranteed or the value for the compensation resistor (Rp) - If exposed to extreme temperatures, the compensation resistors should can be indicated. have a temperature coefficient of < 50 ppm/°C. Note: Sensor and resistors can be exposed to different temperatures. - The sensors may be ordered with integrated compensation resistors (surcharge). Options BLUE -OUT - Platinum- or Hastelloy C-276 diaphragm. Transducer all Hastelloy C-276 R1 - Flush diaphragm BLACK +IN - Oil for low temperatures. Fluorinated oil. Olive oil Rp R2 - Special characteristics: Linearity, overpressure, lower TC-zero and/or TC-sensitivity RED BRIDGE - All pressure ranges between 0,1 and 1000 bar resp. up to 2000 bar +OUT - Compensation PCB fitted

- Mathematical modelling: See data sheet Series 30 X WHITE R4 R5

R3 YELLOW -IN

SENSOR COMPENSATION

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 06/2016 CH-8404 Winterthur DE-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Piezoresistive Pressure Transducers Series 11 absolute- and gauge pressure

The KELLER Series 10 sensor is mounted with the compensation resistors in a stainless steel housing. The sensor floats on an O-ring seal and is therefore free of any housing stresses. It is particularly suited in connection with µP-based signal processing. Transducers can be ordered with the coefficients of a mathematical model ready for integration with a µP-based system. Error Bands of 0,1%…0,01 %FS are achievable, depending on the temperature ranges. Whilst the Series 11 fulfils all the classical functions expected of a mV-transducer, it is often used in development of larger OEM projects to test the performance of the KELLER OEM sensors. As a special order, any OEM sensor from Series 3 to 10 can be ordered in such a housing, with or without integrated compensation resistors. The customer can then verify that the chosen OEM sensor is suitable for the application. Specifications (Excitation I = 1 mA) Ranges (FS) Version PAA, PA, PR-11 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2 5 10 20 bar Overpressure 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 3 7 15 30 bar Output Signal nominal 20 35 60 100 175 175 175 175 mV Version PA-11 50 100 200 400 600 1000 bar Overpressure 75 150 300 500 700 1100 bar Output Signal nominal 175 175 175 175 175 175 mV PR-11 (negative range) -0,1 -0,2 -0,5 -1 bar PAA: Absolute. Zero at vacuum PA: Sealed Gauge. Zero at atmospheric pressure (at calibration day) PR: Vented Gauge. Zero at atmospheric pressure PR: For negative pressure versus ambient, same (negative) signal as positive ranges. By changing +OUT and -OUT, signal is positive. Excitation Constant current, nominal 1 mA (max. 4 mA) Bridge Resistance 3500 Ω nominal Linearity + Hysteresis + Repeatability < 0,5 %FS (0,1 to 0,2 %FS with reduced FS signal) Zero Offset < 5 mV, fine adjustment of Zero with R5 ≥ 20 Ω Standard Option Compensated Temperature Range 0....50 °C -10...80 °C – T.C. of Zero < 0,0125 mV / °C < 0,025 mV / °C – T.C. of Sensitivity < 0,01% / °C < 0,025% / ° C Long Term Stability < 0,25 mV typ. < 0,50 mV typ. Electrical Connection Binder 723 Material in Contact with Media Stainless Steel AISI 316L, Seal: Viton® Protection / Weight IP40, IP 65 with cable / 180 g Options Other materials and connections on request

Electrical Connections

25 26 4 12 Plug Cable -IN 1 White +OUT 2 Red +IN 3 Black

ø 30 -OUT 4 Blue -IN 5 Yellow ø 22 HEX 27 G 1/4”

Schematic of plug

- IN 5 R5 : 3 ³ 20 ½ 1 2

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 05/2005 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Piezoresistive Pressure Transducers Series 13 for media temperatures up to 350 °C

Watercooled pressure transducers are used for accurate static and dynamic measurements in fluids up to 350 °C. The sensor, an integrated silicon cell with four diffused strain gauge resistors, is located in the watercooled section of the oil-filled body. The oil transmits the pressure from the flush steel diaphragm to the sensor, isolating it from the temperature of the media. This allows very accurate pressure measurements over a wide temperature range without influencing the pressure or flow conditions. Originally developed for blow down tests on water-cooled reactors, these transducers find many applications in high temperature chemical reactions and engine tests.

Specifications Series PA(A)-13 Low Pressure Pressure Ranges 10 20 50 100 200 400 bar Overpressure 15 30 75 150 300 500 bar Signal Output typ. 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 mV Series PA(A)-13 High Pressure Pressure Ranges 400 600 1000 bar Overpressure 500 700 1100 bar Signal Output typ. 1000 1000 1000 mV

PA: Sealed Gauge. Zero at atmospheric pressure (at calibration day)

Linearity, incl. Hysteresis < 0,5 %FS (0,1 /0,2 %FS at reduced Full Scale) Repeatability < 0,1 %FS Zero < 20 mV (compensatable externally with R5) Operating Temperature 20…350 °C media temperature Temperature Coefficients of Zero with Change of Media Temperature < 1 mV / 100 °C Temperature Coefficients of Zero with Change of Cooling Water Temp. < 0,05 mV / °C Cooling Water Flow Rate ≈ 0,2 l / Min. Cooling Water Temperature Rise ≈ 5 °C / 100 °C media temperature Natural Frequency (Resonance) > 5 kHz Material Housing Stainless Steel 1.4435 (opt. Hastelloy C-276) Material Diaphragm Stainless Steel 1.4435 (opt. Hastelloy C-276)

Electrical Connections

⊕ 48 blue -OUT black +IN ca. 15,6 red +OUT 2 Fl. ø 28 HEX 22 white -IN 2 yellow -IN

BLUE OUT ø 12,4 R1 BLACK IN

M 14 x 1,25 R2

RED OUT BRIDGE

R4 WHITE

R5 IN High Pressure Version R3 YELLOW

SENSOR COMPENSATION

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Version 02/2004 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Änderungen vorbehalten +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Unternehmen zertifiziert nach ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Piezoresistive OEM Pressure Transmitters Series D Ei with i2c interface for hazardous areas

Introducing the Keller Intrinsically safe D-line; a unique combination of robust industrial pressure transducers and the popular I2C microcontroller interface for use in hazardous industrial applications (Gas Group II). Pressure transmitters with this interface are typically available only in consumer-grade plastic or ceramic housings, where only compensation parameters are stored in integrated memory. The Keller intrinsically safe D-Line , however, have unprecedented 4 LD Ei embedded digital signal conditioning core for both the compensation and normalization of the output values.

Performance features • Ultra low power consumption, optimised for battery powered applications • Hermetically protected sensor electronics – extremely resistant to environmental influences • Ultra-compact, robust housing made from stainless steel (optional Hastelloy C-276) • No external electronics for compensation or signal processing • Extremely accurate, outstanding long-term stability, no hysteresis 9 FLD Ei • Pressure ranges of 1 bar to 1000 bar • Easy to integrate into microcontroller based systems • Internal two-chip solution with pressure sensor and signal processing separation provides a high degree of flexibility

Ex-Classification 6 LD Ei / 7 LD Ei Ui max ≤ 7 V II 1G Temperature class Ambient temperature (high pressure) li max ≤ 57 mA ia IIC T4…T6 Ga T4 -40…+110 °C Pi max ≤ 100 mW EPS 14 ATEX 1661 X T5 -40…+ 80 °C Ci 10 nF IECEx EPS 14.0027 X 0081 I2C is a trade- T6 -40…+ 65 °C Li 0 mH mark of NXP

Series 4 LD Ei Series 7 LD Ei Series 9 LD Ei Connection Ø 11 Ø 15 Ø 19

Ø 5,08 4,2 5 5 0,5 1 0,5 EOC GND 4±0,5 4±0,5 4 ±0,5 SDA SCL

SUP (supply) Series 9 FLD Ei Series 6 LD Ei Series 7 LD Ei Ø 17 / Ø 21 Ø 13 / high pressure Ø 15 / high pressure Label Description Wire 5 88SUP 1,8…3,6 V BK 0,5 4±0,5 GND GND WH SCL I2C Clock YE

2 For proper handling please check our 99SDA I C Data BU installation instructions on our product EOC End of Conversion RD specific web page.

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 03/2017 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Specifications Pressure Ranges rel. PR 0…1 -0,5…0,5 -1…3 -1…10 -1…30 bar Pressure Ranges abs. PA 0…3 0…10 0…30 0…100 0…200 0…400 0…600 0…1000 bar PAA 0…1 0,5…1,5 0…3 0…10 bar

Accuracy max. ± 0,15 %FS (Linearity best straight line@RT, hysteresis, repeatability) Overpressure 4 x pressure range (max. 350 bar resp. 1200 bar for 6 LD Ei / 7 LD Ei (high pressure) Long Term Stability typ. ± 0,1 %FS, max. ± 0,2 %FS (limited to max. ± 3 mbar)

Type/ Dimensions Pressure Operating Comp. Temp. TEB (1) Laser Version [mm] (4) Range Temperature Range [%FS] Welding Oil Filling 4 LD Ei ø 11 x 4,2 3…200 bar abs.(2) -10…+80 °C 0…50 °C ± 0,7 %FS 3…200 bar abs. 0…50 °C ± 0,5 %FS +VCC 7 LD Ei ø 15 x 5 (3) -40…+110 °C

3…30 bar rel. -10…80 °C ± 0,7 %FS 0 SCL

1…200 bar abs. Sensor SDA SigCond 9 LD Ei ø 19 x 5 ADDR=0x4 1…30 bar rel. 0…50 °C ± 0,5 %FS GND -40…+110 °C ø 17 x 5,5 1…30 bar abs. -10…80 °C ± 0,7 %FS 9 FLD Ei Flange ø 21 1…30 bar rel.

6 LD Ei ø 13 x 8 0…50 °C ± 0,7 %FS Diaphragm O-Ring Housing Glass Feed 400…1000 bar abs. -40…+110 °C Through 7 LD Ei ø 15 x 8 -10…80 °C ± 1,0 %FS

(1) TEB (Total Error Band): Maximum deviation within specified pressure and compensated temperature range (2) abs: Absolute Pressure Measurement (PAA: Absolute. Zero at vacuum PA: Sealed Gauge. Zero at 1,0 bar abs.) (3) rel: Referential version (PR: Vented Gauge. Zero at atmospheric pressure) (4) Dimensions without glass feed through Interface digital I2C (serial synchronus) Signal Output P [bar], T [°C]: normalised to 16 Bit unsigned integer Pressure Range Reserve typ. ± 10 %FS, min. ± 5 %FS Supply 1,8…3,6 V Power Consumption typ. 1,5 mA during conversion 20 D Ei typ. 100 nA in idle mode Bit Rate ≤ 3,4 MHz Start-up Time (Supply ON) < 1 ms Conversion Time typ. 6 ms, max. 8 ms (for P and T)

Logic Levels LOW: max. 15 %VSUP, HIGH: min. 85 %VSUP Noise Floor max. ± 0,015 %FS (temperature 4 Bit) Temperature Accuracy typ. ± 2 °C Supply Voltage Dependency none Isolation > 100 MΩ @ 500 VDC ESD – Human Body Model > 4 kV (HBM: C = 100 pF / R = 1,5 kΩ) Material in Contact with Media – Stainless Steel AISI 316L (DIN 1.4404 / 1.4435) – O-Ring: Viton® Shore A (-20…200 °C, exchangeable) Oil Filling Silicone oil, others on request Pressure Endurance 0…100 %FS @ 25 °C: > 10 million pressure cycles with appropriate installation 21 D Ei (IP54) Vibration Endurance 20 g, 5…2000 Hz, X/Y/Z-Achse Shock 75 g sine 11 ms Electrical Connection – Glass feed through pins ø 0,45 mm, L = 4 ± 0,5 mm – Adapter print with plug JST – Adapter print with flexible wires or cable Options – Hastelloy housing (depending on version also Inconel) Other possible versions – OEM, IP54, and IP68 versions available. See Illustrations. – Level Probe 26 D Ei (300 mbar rel. = approx. 3 mH2O) Remarks – Intermediate pressure range on request. – 21 D Ei / 23 D Ei / 26 D Ei: Shielded cable 0.5 to 3 m – Cable capacitance < 200 pF/m – Series 21 D Ei / 23 D Ei is not available with plug – The complete communication protocol is available on the KELLER homepage. Recommended Zener barrier Z042 from Pepperl + Fuchs 23 D Ei (IP68)

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 03/2017 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Piezo-Resistive Pressure Transmitter Series 21 C for industrial applications, ratiometric output

Technology

The C-series transmitters are noted for their ability to deliver high accuracy over a wide temperature range. This is achieved by means of mathematical modelling of the sensor characteristics and digital compensation. In order to do this, each transmitter is gauged over pressure and temperature, programmed and checked after calibration in the same test set-up.

The modular design of the Series 21 C and the extensive vertical range of in-house manufacture provide a high degree of flexibility. The company can quickly adapt to customer requests, even with large production batches. The extensive standard range of connectors and pressure 7/16’’ -20UNF connections means that a CIO measuring cell (Chip-in-Oil) can be quickly welded in from stock if small numbers are involved, and then calibrated to the required temperature range.

RoHS conformity and comprehensive EMC protection are a matter of course, therefore qualifying the Series 21 C for use in industrial areas.

Performance features

- Hermetically sealed electronics, extremely compact design - No internal seals, all made from AISI 316L steel in media contact, IP67 - Extremely accurate, wide temperature range, outstanding long-term stability, no pressure 7/16’’-20UNF internal hysteresis - Ratiometric signal output, 5 V supply voltage, 24 V overvoltage and polarity reversal protection - Low cost

Typical usage areas

Cooling and air conditioning systems, pneumatic systems, hydraulic systems, compressors, mechanical engineering, ventilation systems, pump systems etc.

G1/4’’ Pressure connections and electrical connections can be combined without limitation.

7/16”-20UNF

ø 9 G1/4” 7/16”-20UNF 4,5 ø 18,6 15 12

18,5 HEX 17 2 HEX 19 8 HEX 17 8 Pressure connections

12,5

3 4,5 Electrical connections 14,5 7 7,5 10,5 17 16,5 9,4

M12x1 16 Packard Metri-Pack connector M12 connector Cable Industrial standard connector suitable for cable socket 12065286 9,4 mm contact distance

GND +OUT GND GND white: +OUT A 1 4 B C green: GND +OUT +Vcc 3 2 +Vcc +Vcc brown: +VCC +OUT

Pressure ranges (all intermediate ranges possible)

PR-21 C 2…30 bar PA-21 C / PAA-21 C 2…1000* bar max. Overpressure 2,5 x pressure range

PR: Vented Gauge. Zero at atmospheric pressure PA: Sealed Gauge. Zero at 1000 mbar abs. PAA: Absolute. Zero at vacuum * Measuring range > 600 bar only suited for static applications

CIO technology (Chip-in-Oil) Accuracy 1) max. ±0,25 %FS Total Error Band 2) 0...50 °C max. ±1,0 %FS -10...80 °C max. ±1,5 %FS -40…125 °C max. ±2,5 %FS

1) Linearity (best fitted straight line) + hysteresis + repeatability 2) Accuracy + temperature coefficients + zero + span tolerance

Stability max. ±0,3 %FS The heart of a Series 21 C pressure transmitter is a „CIO“ transducer with all components Storage-/Operating Temperature -40…125 °C hermetically sealed. The signal conditioner is integrated in an oil-filled transducer housing together with the pressure measuring cell. This makes it possible to provide OEM pressure transmitters with a standardised Type 3 wire output signal without external electronics which Signal Output 0,5…4,5 V ratiometric are fully compensated via pressure and temperature. Supply 5,0 VDC ±0,5 V Reverse Polarity and Overvoltage Protection ±24 VDC  Power Consumption max. 8 mA Compact design  Load Resistance > 5 kΩ Accuracy ±0,25 %FS Sampling Rate / Bandwidth 2 kHz / 800 Hz  Total error band up to ±0,5 %FS @ -10…80 °C  Pressure range up to 200 bar Rise Time T99 1 ms Response Time (Supply ON) < 5 ms (0…99%)  Temperature range of -50…150 °C

Electrical Connection - Plug: M12 (4-pin), Packard Metri Pack, Pin assignments +VCC industrial standard plug, 9,4 mm contact distance (external view) - Cable (standard length 2 m) GND +OUT

Pressure Connection - 7/16”-20 UNF outside and inside - G1/4”

Isolation > 10 MΩ @ 500 VDC EMC EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-3 / EN 61326-2-3 Dead Volume Change < 0,1 mm3 Material in Media Contact - Stainless Steel AISI 316L (DIN 1.4404/1.4435), - Viton® Seal external (-20…200 °C, no internal seals) Protection Class M12-/Packard-Plug: IP67 (with corresponding mating plug) mPm-Plug: IP65 (with corresponding mating plug) Cable: IP67

Weight ≈ 40 g (depending on pressure and electrical connection) Pressure Endurance > 10 million pressure cycles 0…100 %FS @ 25 °C Vibration / Shock 10 g, 5…2000 Hz, X/Y/Z-axis / 75 g sinus 11 ms Oil Filling Silicone oil

Options Temperature Range Other compensated temperature ranges on request Pressure Connection, electrical Connection Others on request OEM Version On request (see box chip-in-oil technology), designs 4 L…10 L

Ultramodern welding techniques and advances in the miniaturization of electronic circuits now make it possible to manufacture a pre-insulated, piezoresistive micro-transmitter with properties that were no more than a dream 10 years ago.

The circuit is based on the PromComp principle which KELLER offered in a separate version as a laboratory device 20 years ago when it attained accuracy of 0,1 %FS over a temperature range of 100 Kelvin (K). In those days the electronic circuitry was the size of a cigar box, but now it can be accommodated on a print that is a mere 12 mm in diameter. Although this digital component is only slightly more expensive to produce than a pure analog circuit, it allows a piezoresistive sensor to be calibrated to an accuracy of 0,5 %FS over a potential temperature range of 100 K.

A temperature sensor divides the temperature range into fields with a width of 1,5 K each. Two values are assigned to each field in an EEPROM: one value for the zero point and another for the amplification, determined by mathematical interpolation in the calibration process. During operation, the corresponding values are ‚switched in’ at the relevant temperatures. The electronics make it possible to assign up to 120 fields so that a temperature range of 180 K can be covered. The 100 K restriction for series 21 PY is due to the sensor.

This means that more or less any temperature can be the ‚calibration temperature’ for these transmitters. Calibration and temperature errors within a temperature field are within ± 0,2 %FS. The remainder of the error bandwidth of ± 0,5 %FS can be attributed to linearity and stability errors. So it’s goodbye to the days when sensor engineers had to struggle every day with TKN (zero point) and TKG (gain/amplification) problems.

The 21 PY product line is outstanding due to its extreme ruggedness towards electromagnetic fields. The limits of the CE standard are undercut by a factor of up to 10 with conducted and radiated fields, thus making this product ideal for use in harsh industrial environments.

Polyamide (or Steel)

Cable PUR Ø 3,5 mm Wires

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 07/2008 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Specifications

Pressure Ranges (all intermediate ranges possible)

PAA-21 PY / PA-21 PY 10…600 bar FS Overpressure 2 x pressure range, max. 700 bar

PAA: Absolute. Zero at vacuum PA: Sealed Gauge. Zero at 1000 mbar abs.

Accuracy Standard Premium

Linearity (best fitted straight line) 1) max. ±0,5 %FS max. ±0,25 %FS Total Error Band 2) 0...50 °C max. ±1,0 %FS max. ±0,5 %FS -10...80 °C max. ±1,5 %FS max. ±0,7 %FS

1) including Hysteresis + Repeatability 2) Linearity + Hysteresis + Repeatability + Temp. Coeff. + Zero + Span Tolerance

Storage-/Operating Temperature -20…100 °C

Stability max. ±0,3 %FS

Type 3-Wire Signal Output 0,5…4,5 V Limitation Signal Output 0,1...4,9 V Supply 8…28 VDC Load Resistance > 5 kΩ Limiting Frequency 2 kHz Power Consumption max. 4 mA

Electrical Connection - Plug: M8 (3-pole) - Cable - Wires

Pressure Connection M8 x 1

Response Time (Supply ON) (0…99 %) < 5 ms Isolation > 10 MΩ at 50 VDC EMC EN 61000-6-2: 2005 / EN 61000-6-3: 2007 / EN 61326-2-3: 2006 Dead Volume Change < 0,1 mm3 Material in Media Contact - Stainless Steel AISI 316L (1.4404/1.4435) - Viton® Seal external (no internal seals) Protection Class M8-Plug: IP67 (with corresponding mating plug) Cable: IP54 Weight ≈ 18 g Endurance > 10 million cycles, 0…100 %FS at 25 °C Oil Filling Silicone oil

Options

Oil Filling Fluorocarbon oil (O2-compatible) Pressure Connection Others on request

Technology: The Y-line transmitters have an extremely small temperature error. This is achieved using an additional circuit containing a temperature sensor that subdivides the temperature range into fields that are 1,5 Kelvin (K) wide. The TK zero and TK compensation values are calculated for each field and programmed into the additional circuit. During operation, these values are fed into the analogue signal path depending on the temperature. Each temperature is the „calibration temperature” for this transmitter. The accuracy thereof is mainly determined by linearity. 120 fields are available, representing a possible temperature range of 180 K. The wider the temperature range, the greater the amount of testing that is needed to minimise the inaccuracy of the mathematical model.

Flexibility: The extent of the vertical range of manufacture, the modular design and the programmable electronics make it possible to manufacture large, customer-specific batches. The pressure sensors (insulated measuring cells) are manufactured in large quantities and kept in stock. These are then welded into the required transmitter head, equipped with electronics and calibrated over the entire temperature and pressure range in systems with up to 1000 measuring stations. mPm connectors, M12 connectors, Packard connectors and cable connections are used as standard for the electrical connection. In the relative pressure version, the ambient pressure is led into the interior via cable or connector.

Outputs: A 2-wire (4…20 mA) or 3-wire version with voltage output is available as an output signal. For a ratiometric 0,5 to 4,5 V version, we refer to the KELLER Series 21 C product range.

EMC: The 21 Y product line is outstanding due to its extreme ruggedness towards electromagnetic fields. The limits of the CE standard are undercut by a factor of up to 10 with conducted and radiated fields. These transmitters are also extremely immune to external vol- tages between the housing and the electrical connection, which is particularly important when frequency converters are being used. The high insulation voltage of 300 V make this product ideal for use in the harshest of environments.

7/16“-20UNF

G1/4“

G1/8“ 7/16“-20UNF

Pressure HEX17 Connections HEX17 HEX19 HEX17

M12 Plug Packard Plug mPm Plug

Electrical Connections

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 06/2016 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Specifications

Pressure Ranges (all intermediate ranges possible)

PR-21 Y 2…30 bar FS PAA-21 Y / PA-21 Y 2…1000* bar FS Overpressure 2 x pressure range, max. 1100 bar

PAA: Absolute. Zero at vacuum PA: Sealed Gauge. Zero at 1000 mbar abs. PR: Vented Gauge. Zero at atmospheric pressure * Measuring range > 600 bar only suited for static applications

Accuracy

Linearity (best fitted straight line) 1) typ. ±0,25 %FS max. ±0,5 %FS Total Error Band 2) 0...50 °C max. ±1,0 %FS -10...80 °C max. ±1,5 %FS

1) including Hysteresis + Repeatability 2) Linearity + Hysteresis + Repeatability + Temp. Coeff. + Zero + Span Tolerance

Storage-/Operating Temperature -40…100 °C

Stability PR-Version max. ±0,5 %FS PAA/PA-Version max. ±0,3 %FS

Type 2-Wire 3-Wire 3-Wire Signal Output 4...20 mA 0...10 V 0,5…4,5 V Limitation Signal Output 3,2...22,3 mA -1,2...11,2 V 0,1...4,9 V Supply 8...32 VDC 13...32 VDC 8...32 VDC Load Resistance < (U-8 V) / 0,025 A > 5 kΩ > 5 kΩ Limiting Frequency 2 kHz 2 kHz 2 kHz Power Consumption max. 5 mA max. 4 mA

Electrical Connection - Plug: M12 (4-pole), Packard, mPm - Cable

Pressure Connection G1/4” male, G1/8” male, 7/16”-20 UNF male and female

Response Time (Supply ON) (0…99 %) < 5 ms Isolation > 10 MΩ at 300 VDC EMC EN 61000-6-2: 2005 / EN 61000-6-3: 2007 / EN 61326-2-3: 2006 Dead Volume Change < 0,1 mm3 Material in Media Contact - Stainless Steel AISI 316L (1.4404/1.4435) - Viton® Seal external (-20…200 °C, no internal seals) Protection Class M12-/Packard-Plug: IP67 (with corresponding mating plug) mPm-Plug: IP65 (with corresponding mating plug) Cable: IP54 Weight ≈ 38 g (G1/8”) ≈ 50 g (G1/4”) Endurance > 10 million cycles, 0…100 %FS at 25 °C Oil Filling Silicone oil

Options Temperature Range Other temperature ranges on request. Maximal range: -40…+120 °C

Oil Filling Fluorocarbon oil (O2-compatible), olive-oil, lowest temperature oil (-55 °C) Pressure Connection, Electr.ical Connection Others on request

Series 22 DT was developed and homologated specially for use in so-called “bivalent” vehicles fitted with engines for combined natural gas/gasoline operation. The unconventional design with a small mass swept by the flow results in a fast response with temperature changes, the temperature being measured by an NTC or PT sensor located directly behind the stainless steel separating diaphragm. The same diaphragm transmits pressure via a capillary to a stress- free mounted silicon measuring cell.

The signal processing for pressure and temperature is carried out by an electronic module connected to the sensors by flexible conductors. Mounted to the back of the electronic module, which is directly connected to the 6-pole plug connector are the EMC protection components. A special feature is the immunity from interference from electromagnetic fields up to 200 V/m.

Specifications

Pressure Range PA-22 DT 14 bar Sealed Gauge. Zero at atmospheric pressure (at calibration day) Overpressure 25 bar

Supply 5 V ± 0,25 V Output 0,5 V…4,5V ratiometric Temperature Range -40…140 °C

Accuracy (compensated range) ± 4 %FS (-40…0 °C) ± 2 %FS (0…90 °C) ± 4 %FS (90…125 °C)

Isolation > 10 MΩ @ 45 VDC Pressure Connection M14 x 1 Vibration 250 Hz @ 35 g 2000 Hz @ 15 g, X/Y/Z-axis EMV-Protection EN 61000-6-1 to -6-4 / EN 61326-2-3 Material in Contact with Media Stainless Steel 316L (DIN 1.4435), Fluorosilicone (FVMQ) Plug Tyco AMP (6 pole) C-284716 Temperature Output NTC, 5 kΩ at 25 °C Protection IP67 Weight 36 g

Options Other pressure ranges and materials on request

ø 16 x 1,5 5 6

M14 x 1

HEX 22 ø 12.5

1 2

ø 21 8 1 +Vcc 2 OUT Pressure 20 11 7 17.3 5 GND 6 OUT Temp. 55.3

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 09/2015 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Piezoresistive Pressure Transmitters Series 22 M (Brass) high volume / low cost / automotive and industrial applications Series 22 S (Steel)

Series 22 offers a reliable cost effective solution for customers requiring medium to high quantities, of mass produced transmitters. Utilising the KELLER automatic brazing lines, this new technology allows crevice-free construction of the pressure port with no internal seals or O-rings, making possible high volumes at low cost. In the brass 22 M, a steel insert and a nickel diaphragm are brazed into a brass housing. In the steel 22 S, all parts are stainless steel (AISI 316 L). The glass feed-through header and silicon pressure sensor are welded to the steel insert underneath the oil filling. The electronic circuit is fitted to the Packard plug. EMC-protection-components are mounted on the plug side, the amplifier on the sensor side. A flexible printed circuit “TAB” connects the sensor Series 22 M with the electronics. The transmitters are designed to have exceptionally good EMC ratings and 3/8”-24 UNF-2A operate over a wide temperature band, ideal for automotive, hydraulic and refrigeration control applications.

Specifications Pressure Ranges PAA-22 M / PAA-22 S 5 10 20 30 bar PA-22 M / PA-22 S 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 250 bar Overpressure 15 30 60 90 150 250 300 300 bar

PAA: Absolute. Zero at vacuum PA: Sealed Gauge. 1000 mbar absolute Type 2-Wire 3-Wire Supply 8…28 V 5 V ± 0,25 V Output 4…20 mA 0,5 V…4,5 V ratiometric Accuracy (Comp. Temp.-Range) ± 1 %FS (0…50 °C) Series 22 S ± 2 %FS (0…80 °C) 7/16”-20 UNF ± 4 %FS (-40…125 °C) Isolation > 10 MΩ @ 50 VDC Vibration / Shock 10 g / 5…2000 Hz, axes X/Y/Z / 20 g sine 11 ms Response Time (0…99%) < 10 msec Pressure Connection 3/8”-24 UNF-2A (with O-ring*), 7/16”-20 UNF (female), G1/4” (with O-ring*) EMC EN 61000-6-1 to -6-4 / EN 61326-2-3 Homologation E4-110R, E4-10R and E4-67R (Homologation applies only to selected and authorised products) Protection IP67 Weight ≈ 40 g Options Intermediate ranges, customer-specific housings, Series 22 S mating plug with cable G1/4” *oil and water resistant

Electrical Connections 16,5 16,5 16,5 Compatible with Packard-Plug Type 12065286

GND 51 ø 21 50,5 ø 21 + OUT 55,5 ca . 20 ca . 20 ø 21 ca . 27 7 7 HEX 17 HEX 17

+ VCC 11,5 8,5 7 8,4 HEX 22 6 7,6 12

Series 22 M Series 22 S Series 22 S 3/8”-24 UNF-2A 7/16”-20 UNF G1/4”

These piezoresistive transmitters have been designed for precision applications in industrial environments for pressures ranging from 0,2 to 1000 bar, liquids or gas.

Series 23: Male pressure port Series 25: Flush diaphragm

A Complete Range Absolute, barometric, gauge (over- and underpressure) and differential for wet/wet applications. Series PD-23 13 nominal pressure ranges. Current or voltage output.

Flexibility A modular concept uses the selection of off-the-shelf capsules, allowing a customised production. Numerous options and variants are available, fully adapted to the customer’s requirements: Mechanical and electrical interface, ports, signal outputs, materials in media contact, oil filling, oxygen-compatibility, special features.

Reliability / Quality

These transmitters use the highly stable KELLER Series 10 capsules, proven in millions of Series 23 applications throughout the world. Each capsule is subjected to severe tests and calibration procedures.

The type of the transmitter is defined according to the reference pressure:

PAA-23/25 Absolute Pressure Transmitter (Zero at 0 bar abs.) PA-23/25 Sealed Gauge Pressure Transmitter (Zero at 1 bar abs.) PR-23/25 Vented Gauge Pressure Transmitter (Zero at atmospheric) PD-23 Differential Pressure Transmitter (wet / wet) Series 25

Series PD-23 Series 23 Series 25 with GSP Connector with GSP Connector with Cable

Cavo ø 7,3 mm 35 mm

ø22 75 mm ø22 75 mm ø22 72 mm

16 HEX 27 HEX 27 G 1/4" G 1/4" Female Female ø40 10 12 Port Port Viton Viton O-Ring Seal Flat Seal 16 o Copper-Washer 14 G 1/4" G 1/2" o G 3/4" 59,1

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 03/2017 CH-8404 Winterthur DE-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com SPECIFICATIONS

Pressure Ranges (FS) in bar PR-23 -1 -0,5 -0,2 0,2 0,5 1 2 5 10 20 PR-25 -1 -0,5 0,5 1 2 5 10 20 PD-23 0,2 0,5 1 2 5 10 20 PAA-23 0,2 0,5 1 2 5 10 20 PAA-25 0,5 1 2 5 10 20 PA-23/25 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 400 600 1000 Overpressure -1 -1 -1 2,5 2,5 3 4 10 20 40 100 200 300 600 900 1100 Overpressure Ref.-Side PD 1 1 2 3 5 7 10 PD, static line pressure 200 bar max.

Accuracy* ± 0,2 %FS typ. ± 0,5 %FS max. *Linearity (best straight line) + Hysteresis + Repeatability Storage-/Operating Temperature -40…100 °C Compensated Temperature Range -10…80 °C Temperature Coefficients… …of Zero, in %FS/°C …of Sensitivity, in %/°C · Range > 1 bar 0,005 typ. 0,01 max. 0,05 typ. · Range 1 bar 0,010 typ. 0,02 max. 0,05 typ. · Range 0,5 bar 0,015 typ. 0,03 max. 0,05 typ. · Range 0,2 bar 0,025 typ. 0,05 max. 0,05 typ. Long Term Stability · Range > 2 bar 0,1 %FS typ. 0,2 %FS max. · Range ≤ 2 bar 1 mbar typ. 2 mbar max. Signal Output / Type 4...20 mA / 2-Wire 0...10 V / 3-Wire Supply 8...32 VDC 13...32 VDC Load Resistance (RΩ) (U - 8 V) / 0,02 A > 5 k Electrical Connection - GSP Plug EN 175 301-803-A (DIN 43650) - Cable (with reference tube for gauge) Volumetric Change < 0,1 mm3 Pressure Connection See drawings front page Material in Media Contact Stainless steel 316L (DIN 1.4435), Viton® Protection IP65 Weight PR/PA/PAA: ≈ 180 g. PD: ≈ 440 g Insulation > 100 MΩ@50 V Endurance > 10 million cycles 0…100 %FS at 25 °C Limiting frequency 1 kHz (5 kHz option) Options Pressure Connection, Electrical Out On request, many possibilities Pressure Ranges Other pressure ranges between 0,2 and 1000 bar, different units Accuracy (Linearity) ± 0,2 %FS max. or any customer requirement Materials in Contact with Media Many possibilities Oil Filling Fluorized oil (O2-compatible), olive-oil, low temperature oil Protection IP67, IP68 (cable version) Higher Static Line Pressure up to 600 bar (PD only)

ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS T RANSMITTER 2-Wire 3-Wire GSP Binder Cable 3-Wire 2-Wire Transmitter Transmitter Connector 723 0…10 V 4…20 mA red red ack ack white - GND 1 1 white bl bl

OUT/GND OUT 2 2 red +

+Vcc +Vcc 3 3 black Load Load

+ GND + GND 13…32 V 8…32 V SUPPLY

These piezoresistive pressure transmitters with pressure proof housing are approved for use in explosion risk areas of group II. They provide stable and accurate measurements of absolute and gauge pressures of liquid and gaseous media in the pressure range between 0,1 and 300 bar.

Flexibility The modular structure of this product range allows highly flexible applications and solutions that are tailored to users‘ requirements. Numerous versions are available, for example with different pressure connections, materials and filling oils, or versions for use with oxygen and with special performance characteristics. In addition to the classical analog output signal (Series 23 Ed and 25 Ed), a digital solution based on the successful high-precision Series 30 X transmitters is also available (33 X Ed and 35 X Ed).

Analog transmitters, Series 23 Ed and 25 Ed This series is based on the stable piezoresistive transducer with analog electronics. The zero point and sensitivity, and the temperature coefficients for the zero point and sensitivity, are Series 23 Ed compensated by resistors and/or potentiometers. Series 33 X Ed

Digital transmitters Series 33 X Ed and 35 X Ed This series features microcontroller-based electronic evaluation to ensure maximum accuracy. Each transmitter is gauged across the entire pressure and temperature range. This provides the basis for calculating a mathematical model that corrects all reproducible errors. The pressure value can be read via the interface and at the same time it is also available in analog form as a 4…20 mA or 0…10 V version.

Interface: RS485 half-duplex for 9600 and 115’200 baud for line lengths up to 1400 m and a maxi mum of 128 bus subscribers. Protocol: KELLER Bus and MODBUS RTU. The devices can be configured (scale analog output, switch units, change filter settings, zeroing, etc.) and measured values can be recorded with the CCS30 or PROG30 software, available free of charge.

Ex-Classification

II 2 G Ex db IIC T6 to T4 LCIE 03 ATEX 6082 X 0081 Series 25 Ed

T4 for Ta ≤100 °C, T5 for Ta ≤95 °C, T6 for Ta ≤80 °C Series 35 X Ed

Series 23 Ed / Serie 33 X Ed Series 25 Ed / Series 35 X Ed

G 1/4" 2 G 1/2"

12 Viton®- Pressure connection: 18 2 Seal 10 illustrations of examples HEX 27 11

ø 25 HEX 27 87/97 71

ø 25

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 05/2011 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Specifications

Standard Pressure Ranges (FS) and Overpressure in bar

PR-23/25 Ed, PR-33/35 X Ed -1 1 3 10 30 All intermediate ranges for the analog output of PA(A)-23 Ed, PA(A)-33 X Ed 1 3 10 30 100 200 300 Series 33/35 X Ed are realizable by spreading PA-25 Ed, PA-35 X Ed 1 3 10 30 100 the standard ranges. Smallest range: 0,1 bar. Overpressure -1 3 7 20 60 200 300 450 PAA: Absolute. Zero at vacuum PA: Sealed Gauge. Zero at 1000 mbar abs. PR: Vented Gauge. Zero at atmospheric pressure

Stability 0,1 %FS typ. (FS > 1 bar) 1 mbar typ. (FS ≤ 1 bar)

Series 23 Ed / 25 Ed Accuracy @ RT (1) 0,2 %FS typ. 0,5 %FS max. Compensated Temperature Range -10...80 °C Storage- / Operating Temperature (2) -30...100 °C Temperature Coefficients… …of Zero …of Sensitivity · FS > 1 bar 0,01 %FS/°C max. 0,02 %/°C max. · FS 1 bar 0,02 %FS/°C max. 0,02 %/°C max. · FS 0,5 bar 0,03 %FS/°C max. 0,02 %/°C max. · FS 0,2 bar 0,05 %FS/°C max. 0,02 %/°C max.

Series 33 X Ed / 35 X Ed analog digital Accuracy @ RT (3) 0,03 %FS typ.(4) 0,02 %FS typ. Error Band (10…40 °C) 0,1 %FS (4) 0,05 %FS Error band (-10…80 °C) 0,15 %FS (4) 0,1 %FS Storage- / Operating Temperature (2) -30...100 °C

(1) (2) Linearity (best straight line through zero) + hysteresis + repeatability T4 for Ta ≤100 °C, T5 for Ta ≤95 °C, T6 for Ta ≤80 °C (3) Linearity (BFSL) + hysteresis + repeatability (4) Disturbance of the 4...20 mA signal occurs during communication through RS485.

2-Wire 3-Wire Digital (only 33/35 X Ed) Signal Output 4...20 mA 0...10 V RS 485 Supply (U) 8...32 Vcc 13...32 Vcc 8...32 Vcc / 3,5…12 Vcc Load Resistance (RΩ) (U-8 V) / 0,025 A > 5 k

Electrical Connection PUR-cable, length 2 m (with PE-sheath and reference tube for gauge). Others on request. Volumetric Change < 0,1 mm3 / FS Pressure Connection G 1/4″, G 1/2″, G 3/4″, 1/2″-14 NPT, 1/4″-18 NPT Material in Media Contact Stainless steel 1.4435 (316L), Viton® Protection IP50 (IP65/IP68 on request) EMC Conformity EN 61000-6-2:2005 / EN 61000-6-3:2007 / EN 61326-2-3:2006 Weight PR/PA/PAA ≈ 200 g Insulation > 10 MΩ @ 50 V Endurance > 10 million cycles 0…100 %FS at 25 °C

Optionen Pressure Connection On request Pressure Ranges All pressure ranges between 0,1 and 300 bar Material in Media Contact Hastelloy C-276 (C-22), gold-plated. Others on request.

Oil Filling Fluorized oil (O2-compatible), olive-oil, low temperature oil

ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TRANSMITTER

Series 23 Ed / 25 Ed Series 33 X Ed / 35 X Ed 3-Wire 2-Wire 0…10 V 4…20 mA 2-Wire 3-Wire Cable 2-Wire 3-Wire red white black Transmitter Transmitter Transmitter Transmitter black white red resp.

– GND white OUT/GND GND + S I Load G OUT/GND +OUT red – +OUT N A +Vcc +Vcc black +Vcc +Vcc - L blue RS 485A RS 485A + GND + GND yellow RS 485B RS 485B 13…32 V 8…32 V SUPPLY

A double sealing system with piezoresistive pressure measurement cell enables a simple, exact force measurement cell to be realized. The pressure measurement cell used may be calibrated directly in force, taking into consideration the diameter of the piston which transfers the force via a high-viscosity fluid to the pressure measurement cell.

The force transmitters are employed at locations where a force cannot be calculated directly from the fluid pressure and area (e.g. if additionally the tank filling is under pressure).

One of many applications is e.g. the determination of the amount contained in a tank. The accuracy of Series FA-23 is typically 15 litres with a 1500 litres tank.

Digital Indicators

For digital display of the force in Newton (N), the mass in kilogram (kg) or the weight in kilopond (kp), any display device may be connected. KELLER has expanded its manometer range by the LEO 4, to which several force measurement cells may be connected and which displays the sum of the forces or weights. The force values are preferably read out via the digital interface.

For taring a tank, the weight may be read out from each individual force measurement cell. If the volume of the tank is known, calibration of the tank content display can also be done on the spot by setting the two points “tank empty” and “tank full” via the entry keys before and after filling.

SPECIFICATIONS Force Ranges (FS) FA-23 2 5 10 15 kN Overload 3 7 15 20 kN

3-Wire 2-Wire Output 0,5…4,5 V@5 V* 4…20 mA Supply 4,75…5,25 V 8…28 V

Linearity (incl. Hysteresis & Repeatability) 0,5 % typ. Hysteresis (O-Ring Friction) < 1 N Total Accuracy 0…50 °C ± 1 %FS Frequency Band / Measurements per second 1 kHz Compensated Temperature Range 0…+50 °C Operating Temperature -25…+80 °C Protection IP 65 Vibration 20 g (5...2000 Hz, max. amplitude ± 3 mm), acc. to IEC 68-2-6 Shock 20 g (11 ms) CE-Conformity EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4 Dimensions Ø 34 mm, height 38 mm

*ratiometric to supply

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 05/2006 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Piezoresistive Pressure Transmitters Series 23 SY / 25 Y absolute and gauge pressure / accuracy 0,25 %fs

The Y-line transmitters have an extremely small temperature error. This is achieved using an additional circuit containing a temperature sensor that subdivides the temperature range into fields that are 1,5 Kelvin (K) wide. The TK zero and TK compensation values are calculated for each field and programmed into the additional circuit. During operation, these values are fed into the analogue signal path depending on the temperature. Each temperature is the „calibration temperature” for this transmitter. The accuracy thereof is mainly determined by linearity. 120 fields are available, representing a possible temperature range of 180 K. The wider the temperature range, the greater the amount of testing that is needed to minimise the inaccuracy of the mathematical model.

The Series 23 SY / 25 Y product line is outstanding due to its extreme ruggedness towards electromagnetic fields. The limits of the CE standard are undercut by a factor of up to 10 with conducted and radiated fields. Series 23 SY

· Series 23 SY Ranges 0,1…1000 bar Fully welded (no internal seals)

· Series 25 Y Ranges 0,5…1000 bar Flush, fully welded.

A Comprehensive Range Absolute, barometric, gauge (positive and negative pressures). Many nominal pressure ranges. Current or voltage output.

Flexibility A modular concept is used, with fast and economical production achieved by using off-the-shelf sensors. Numerous options and variations are available to meet customers’ specific requirements: Pressure ranges, pressure ports, signal outputs, electrical connectors, etc. Series 25 Y

G1/2" Series 23 SY ø 17,5 Series 25 Y Series 25 Y (≤ 100 bar) (100…1000 bar) ø 6 G1/2" G1/2" G1/2" 1/4"-18NPT ø 17 ø 18 G1/4" 5 1 5 14 ø 26,7 3 20 13 12 ø 18,6 15 16,7 Usit-Ring 4 2 HEX 27 13,2 HEX 27 10 HEX 22 10 HEX 22 12 11 HEX 27 HEX 27 10 Pressure Connections

ø 21 21...33 ø 21 ø 22 30...35 Binder Plug GSP Plug M12 Plug Souriau Plug Cable Cable Screw Series 423 / 723 EN 175301-803-A onlySeries 23 SY Connector (DIN 43650) Electrical Connections 6,2

10 9, 5 13,5 11 1 16

Mx16 0.75 10 12 Mx12 1 15

18 max. ø 35 2-wire 3-wire Cable Cable Pin Configuration Current Voltage +Vcc +Vcc GND green white GND 3 +OUT 1 GND A +Vcc 4 +Vcc +OUT F 4 2 3 B 1 white red OUT/GND +OUT 3 E 5 1 2 C 2 +OUT D GND GND brown black +Vcc +Vcc +OUT

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 12/2016 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Specifications Pressure Ranges (FS) in bar

PR-23 SY -1 -0,5 -0,2 -0,1 0,1 ±0,1 0,2 ±0,2 0,5 ±0,5 1 ±1 2 5 10 20 PA-23 SY -1 1 ±1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 400 600 1000 4) PAA-23 SY 0,5 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 400 600 1000 4)

PR-25 Y -1 -0,5 0,5 ±0,5 1 ±1 2 5 10 20 PA-25 Y -1 1 ±1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 400 600 1000 PAA-25 Y 0,5 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 400 600 1000

Overpressure -1 -1 -1 -1 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 12 12 40 40 80 100 200 300 1100* 1100 1100

PR: Vented Gauge. Zero at atmospheric pressure P A: Sealed Gauge. Zero at 1000 mbar abs. PAA: Absolute. Zero at vacuum *for 25 Y: up to 600 bar Error Band @ 0…50 °C 2) Error Band @ -10…80 °C 2)

1) Linearity (best straight line) + Hysteresis + Repeatability 2) Linearity + Hysteresis + Repeatability + Temp. Coeff. + Zero + Span Tolerance 3) Pressure Range 0,1 bar: Linearity ±1 %FS Max; 0,5…4,5 V output not available; 4…20 mA / 0…5 V / 0…10 V outputs only. 4) Measuring range 1000 bar only suited for static applications

Storage-/Operating Temperature -40…100 °C

Long Term Stability Range > 2 bar 0,1 %FS typ. 0,2 %FS max. Range ≤ 2 bar 2 mbar typ. 4 mbar max.

Type 2-wire 3-wire 3-wire 3-wire Signal Output 4...20 mA 0...10 V 0...5 V 0,5…4,5 V Limitation Signal Output 3,2...22,3 mA -1,2...11,2 V -0,6…5,6 V 0,1...4,9 V Supply 8...32 VDC 13...32 VDC 8…32 VDC 8...32 VDC Load Resistance < (U-8 V) / 0,025 A > 5 kΩ > 5 kΩ > 5 kΩ Limiting Frequency 2 kHz 2 kHz 2 kHz 2 kHz Power Consumption max. 5 mA max. 5 mA max. 4 mA

Electrical Connection - Plug: Binder-423/723 (5-pole), GSP EN 175 301-803-A (DIN 43650), M12 (4-pole), Souriau (MIL-C26482) - Cable

Pressure Connection Series 23 SY: G1/4”, 1/4”-18NPT, G1/2”, G1/2” Mano Series 25 Y: G1/2”

Response Time (Supply ON) (0…99 %) < 5 ms Insulation > 10 MΩ@300 V EMC EN 61000-6-2: 2005 / EN 61000-6-3: 2007 / EN 61326-2-3: 2006 Dead Volume Change < 0,1 mm3 Material in Media Contact - Stainless Steel AISI 316L (1.4404/1.4435); 25 Y > 400 bar: Inconel 718 - USIT or Viton® O-Ring (no internal seals) Protection Class Plug: IP65…IP67 (depending on connection and with corresponding mating plug) Cable: IP54 Cable Screw Connection: IP68 Weight ≈ 120 g (depending on version) Endurance > 10 million cycles, 0…100 %FS at 25 °C 4) Oil Filling Silicone oil

Options Temperature Range Other temperature ranges on request. Maximal range: -40…+120 °C

Oil Filling Fluorocarbon oil (O2-compatible), olive-oil, lowest temperature oil (-55 °C) Pressure Ranges Intermediate ranges on request, e.g. barometer 0,7…1,2 bar abs. Pressure Connection, Electrical Connection Others on request Intrinsic Safety (ATEX) See also data sheet 23 SY Ei / 25 Y Ei / 26 Y Ei

These piezoresistive pressure transmitters are approved for use in highly explosion risk areas of group II (gas and dust).

The Y-line transmitters have an extremely small temperature error. This is achieved using an additional circuit containing a temperature sensor that subdivides the temperature range into fields that are 1,5 Kelvin (K) wide. The TK zero and TK compensation values are calculated for each field and programmed into the additional circuit. During operation, these values are fed into the analogue signal path depending on the temperature. Each temperature is the „calibration temperature” for this transmitter. The accuracy thereof is mainly determined by linearity. 120 Series 23 SY Ei fields are available, representing a possible temperature range of 180 K. The wider the temperature range, the greater the amount of testing that is needed to minimise the inaccuracy of the mathematical model.

· Series 23 SY Ei 0,1…1000 bar Fully welded (no internal seals) · Series 25 Y Ei 0,5…100 bar Flush, fully welded. · Series 26 Y Ei 0,1…20 bar Level Probe. Floating mounted sensor. Internal O-Ring.

A Comprehensive Range Series 25 Y Ei Absolute, barometric, gauge (positive and negative pressures). Many nominal pressure ranges. Current or voltage output.

Ex-Classification: Ex ia IIC T6–T4 Ga IBExU 10 ATEX 1124 X Ex ia IIIC T 130 °C Da IECEx IBE 14.0044 X II 1GD 0081

Series 26 Y Ei

Series 23 SY Ei Series 25 Y Ei (≤ 100 bar)

G1/2“ 1/4“-18NPT G1/2“ G1/4‘‘

Pressure Connections

Binder Plug GSP Plug M12 Plug Souriau Plug Series 723 DIN 43650 Electrical Connections

Cable Screw Conn.

2-wire 3-wire Cable 4…20 mA Voltage white GND red OUT/GND +OUT black +Vcc +Vcc

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 06/2015 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Specifications

Pressure Ranges (FS) in bar PR-23 SY Ei -1 -0,5 -0,2 -0,1 0,1 ±0,1 0,2 ±0,2 0,5 ±0,5 1 ±1 2 5 10 20 PA-23 SY Ei -1 1 ±1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 400 600 1000 5) PAA-23 SY Ei 0,5 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 400 600 1000 5) PR-25 Y Ei -1 -0,5 0,5 ±0,5 1 ±1 2 5 10 20 PA-25 Y Ei -1 1 ±1 2 5 10 20 50 100 PAA-25 Y Ei 0,5 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 PR-26 Y Ei 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2 5 10 PAA-26 Y Ei 0,8…1,8 0,8…2,3 0,8…3 0,8…6 0,8…11 Overpressure -1 -1 -1 -1 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 12 12 40 40 80 80 200 300 1100 1100 1100 PR: Gauge Pressure PA: Absolute. Zero at 1000 mbar abs P AA: Absolute. Zero at vacuum

Error Band @ 0…50 °C 2) 4) Error Band @ -10…80 °C 2) 4)

Pressure Range Accuracy 1) typ. max. typ. max. > 2…1000 bar ±0,25 %FS ±0,3 %FS ±0,5 %FS ±0,4 %FS ±0,7 %FS > 0,3…2 bar ±0,25 %FS ±0,6 %FS ±1,0 %FS ±0,8 %FS ±1,5 %FS 0,1…0,3 bar 3) ±0,50 %FS ±2 mbar ±3 mbar ±2,5 mbar ±4,5 mbar 1) Linearity (best fitted straight line), including Hysteresis + Repeatability 2) Accuracy + Temperature Coefficients + Zero + Span Tolerance 3) Pressure range 0,1 bar: Linearity ±1 %FS Max; Signal output limited to 4…20 mA / 0…5 V / 0…10 V 4) Only 3-wire Version: Without burden of the voltage output (Ri = 100 Ω). With burden Ra = 100 KΩ the error increases by 0,1 %FS. 5) Measuring range 1000 bar only suited for static applications. Storage Temperature -40…100 °C Stability Range > 2 bar 0,1 %FS typ. 0,2 %FS max. Range ≤ 2 bar 2 mbar typ. 4 mbar max.

Intrinsically safe in conjunction with certified intrinsically safe power circuits, with the following maximum connected loads:

Ui ≤ 30 V, Ii ≤ 200 mA, Pi depending on the Ambient Temperature Ta and Temperature classification, Li = 0 mH, Ci = 2 nF

Signal Output Temperature classification Ambient Temperature Ta Power Pi T6 -40…65 °C 0,64 W

4…20 mA -40…100 °C 0,64 W 0…10 V T4 and dust -40…65 °C 1,1 W -40…40 °C 1,33 W 4…20 mA T6 -40…50 °C 1,33 W Type 2-wire 3-wire 3-wire Signal Output 4...20 mA 0...10 V 0...5 V Limitation Signal Output 3,2...22,3 mA -1,2...11,2 V -0,6…5,6 V Supply 10...30 VDC 15...30 VDC 10…30 VDC Load Resistance < (U-10 V) / 0,025 A > 100 kΩ > 100 kΩ Limiting Frequency 2 kHz 2 kHz 2 kHz Power Consumption max. 5 mA max. 5 mA

Electrical Connection - Plug: Binder-423/723 (5-pole), GSP (DIN 43650), M12 (4-pole), Souriau (MIL-C26482) - Cable

Pressure Connection Series 23 SY Ei: G1/4”, 1/4”-18NPT, G1/2”, G1/2” Mano Series 25 Y Ei: G1/2” Series 26 Y Ei: Protection Cap, optional G1/4”

Response Time (Supply ON) (0…99 %) < 5 ms Insulation > 10 MΩ@300 V EMV EN 61000-6-2: 2005 / EN 61000-6-3: 2007 / EN 61326-2-3: 2006 Dead Volume Change < 0,1 mm3 Material in Media Contact Stainless Steel AISI 316L (DIN 1.4404/1.4435), USIT or Viton® O-Ring (others on request), Protection Cap POM Protection Plug: IP65…IP67 (depending on connection and with corresponding mating plug) Cable Screw Connection: IP68 Weight ≈ 140 g (depending on version) Endurance > 10 million, 0…100 %FS at 25 °C 5) Oil Filling Silicone oil

Options Temperature Range Other temperature ranges on request Oil Filling Fluorocarbon oil (O2-compatible), olive-oil Pressure Ranges Intermediate ranges on request Pressure Connection, Electrical Connection Others on request

Standard Pressure Ranges (FS) and Overpressure in Bar All intermediate ranges for the analog output are Version Absolute / Gauge -1 1 3 10 30 bar realizable with no surcharge by spreading the standard ranges. Overpressure 2 2 5 20 60 bar Option: Adjustment directly to intermediate ranges (below 20 pieces against surcharge). (digital) (analog) (analog) Output RS 485 4…20 mA (2 Wire) 0…10 V (3 Wire) Polynomial Compensation Supply (U) 8…28 Vcc 8…28 Vcc 13…28 Vcc Accuracy, Error Band1) (20...120 °C)2) 0,15 %FS 0,2 %FS 0,2 %FS This uses a mathematical model to derive the precise pressure value (P) from the signals 1) 2) Linearity + Hysteresis + Repeatability + Temp. Coeff. + Zero + Span Tolerance other compensated temp. ranges on requ- measured by the pressure sensor (S) and the est temperature sensor (T). The microprocessor in True Output Rate 100 Hz the transmitter calculates P using the following Resolution 0,002 %FS polynomial: Long Term Stability typ. Range ≤ 2 bar: 2 mbar P(S,T) = A(T)xS0 + B(T)xS1 + C(T)xS2 + D(T)xS3 Range > 2 bar: 0,2 %FS With the following coefficients A(T)…D(T) Load Resistance (Ω) <(U-7V) / 0,02A (2-wire) > 5’000 (3-wire) depending on the temperature: Electrical Connection – Binder-Plug 723 (5 pole)

– MIL C-26482-Plug (6 pole) x 0 x 1 x 2 x 3 A(T) = A0 T + A1 T + A2 T + A3 T MΩ x 0 x 1 x 2 x 3 Insulation 100 / 50 V B(T) = B0 T + B1 T + B2 T + B3 T

x 0 x 1 x 2 x 3 Storage- / Operating Temperature Range -20…150 °C (electronics max. 120 °C) C(T) = C0 T + C1 T + C2 T + C3 T

x 0 x 1 x 2 x 3 Pressure Endurance 10 Million Pressure Cycles 0…100 %FS at 25 °C D(T) = D0 T + D1 T + D2 T + D3 T Vibration Endurance 20 g (5...2000 Hz, max. amplitude ± 3 mm), according to IEC 68-2-6 The transmitter is factory-tested at various levels Shock Endurance 20 g (11 ms) of pressure and temperature. The corresponding measured values of S, together with the exact Protection IP 65 optional: IP 67 oder IP 68 (with cable) pressure and temperature values, allow the CE-Conformity EN 61000-6-1 to -6-4 coefficients A0...D3 to be calculated. These are ® Material in Contact with Media Stainless Steel 316L (DIN 1.4435) / Viton written into the EEPROM of the microprocessor. Weight ≈ 280 g Dead Volume Change < 0,1 mm3 When the pressure transmitter is in service, the microprocessor measures the signals (S) and Remark: (T), calculates the coefficients according to the – RS485 pins (for digital output and for programming) is available on all types. temperature and produces the exact pressure – Options: – Switch output, programmable via interface value by solving the P(S,T) equation. – Special calculations with pressure and temperature – Different housing-material, oil filling, pressure thread or connector Calculations and conversions are performed at least 400 times per second.

Accessories Series 30 Each Series 30 transmitter also integrates a digital interface (RS485 halfduplex) which you can make use of: Connect the transmitter to a PC or Laptop via a converter RS232-RS485 (i.e. K-102, K-104 or K-107). Two programs are offered: PROG30: Instrument Settings READ30: Data collection with graphs Software PROG30 • Call up of information (pressure- and tempe- • Fast read-out and viewing of the pressure rature range, version of software etc.) signals in a graph • Indication of actual pressure value • Documentation of dynamic measurements • Selection of the units • Up to 16 transmitters on one serial connec- • Setting of a new zero and gain for the tion (Bus-operation) transmitter • Reprogramming of the analog output (i.e. different unit, other pressure range) • Setting of the instrument address (for Bus-operation) • Programming of the switch output • Changing the output rate You can also tie up the transmitters into your own software. You have then a documentation, a DLL and numerous examples at your disposal. Changing the plug connector (optional) Laboratory applications require the same transmitter to be used at different measurement points with different electrical connection arrange- ments. To accommodate such applications, Keller can supply different connectors matching with the internal standard plug. This makes it easy to exchange the electrical connector of the transmitter.

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 08/2004 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Highly Precise Pressure Transmitters Series 33 X Ei (LV) / 35 X Ei (LV) / for hazardous applications 36 XW Ei (LV) / PD-33 X Ei (LV)

These piezoresistive pressure transmitters are approved for use in high explosive gas and dust atmospheres of groups I (mining industry) and II (industrial applications) where there is a high risk of explosion. Optionally available are Low Voltage Versions (LV) with 3,5…8,5 V.

Signal processing Series 33 X Ei (LV) This series features microcontroller-based electronic evaluation to ensure maximum accuracy. Industrial applications Each transmitter is gauged across the entire pressure and temperature range. This measurement data is used to calculate a mathematical model that enables correction of all reproducible errors. In this way, KELLER can guarantee high accuracy as an error band within the over-all compensated pressure and temperature range. Two compensated temperature ranges are available for the transmitters, according to choice: -10…80 °C and 10…40 °C. The level probes are gauged in the 0…50 °C temperature range only. The calculated pressure value can be read via Series 35 X Ei (LV) the interface, and is simultaneously processed as an analog signal. Flush diaphragm

Interface The interface is designed as a robust RS485 half-duplex for 9’600 and 115’200 baud. There is an external leadthrough for the interface on all products except the version with the DIN 43650 plug. Communication protocol: KELLER Bus and MODBUS RTU. The transmitters can be configured and the measured values can be recorded with the CCS30 software: - Read out current measured pressure and temperature values with maximum resolution Speed: at 115’200 baud, up to 330 measured values per second (depending on the converter) Series 36 XW Ei (LV) - Call up information and status (pressure and temperature ranges, serial number, software Level transmitter version, etc.) - Reprogram analog output (e.g. different units or pressure range) - Calibration: zero point and amplification can be adjusted - Special calculations, such as non-linear curve adaptation or root calculation for flow - Possibility of adjusting the low-pass filter and the communication parameters

Ex-Classification

I M1 Ex ia I II 1G Ex ia IIC T4…T6 II 1D Ex ia IIIC T 130 °C Da KEMA 04 ATEX 1081 X 0081 Series PD-33 X Ei (LV) ≤ ≤ T4 for Ta 90 °C, T6 for Ta 70 °C Differential pressure measurement

PIN ASSIGNMENT DIN Binder Output Function Cable 43650 M12 723 4…20 mA OUT/GND 1 1 1 white 2-wire +Vcc 3 3 3 black 80 80 0…10 V GND 1 1 1 white ø 22 ø 22 3-wire OUT 2 2 2 red +Vcc 3 3 3 black Digital RS485A – 4 4 blue 12 16 ø 30 HEX 27 RS485B – 5 5 yellow

G 1/2" 14 10 HEX 27 Transmitter Housing Screen 2 4

12 ø 18.9 ø 18

G1/4" Drawings of Series 36 XW Ei, PD-33 X Ei and Series 33 X Ei (G1/4”) Series 35 X Ei (G1/2”) mining version M available on request.

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 04/2016 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Specifications

Standard Pressure Ranges (FS) and Overpressure in Bar

PR-33 X Ei, PR-35 X Ei, All intermediate ranges for the analog output are PR/PA(A)-36 XW Ei 1 3 10 30 realizable with no surcharge by spreading the standard ranges. Smallest range: 0,1 bar. PA(A)-33 X Ei, PA(A)-35 X Ei 0,8…1,2 3 10 30 100 300 700 1000 Also negative and +/- ranges possible. (pressure ranges Series PD-33 X Ei on request) Option: Adjustment directly to intermediate ranges (below 20 pieces against surcharge). Overpressure 2 5 20 60 200 400 1000 1100 PAA: Absolute. Zero at vacuum PA: Absolute. Zero at 1 bar abs. PR: Vented Gauge. Zero at atmospheric pressure PD: Differential

(digital) (analog) (analog) (analog) Low Voltage (LV) Output RS 485 4…20 mA (2-wire) 0…10 V (3-wire) 0…5 V (3-wire) 0,1…2,5 V (3-wire) Supply (U) 10…30 Vcc 10…30 Vcc 15…30 Vcc 10…30 Vcc 3,5…8,5 V Accuracy @ RT 0,02 %FS typ. 0,03 %FS typ.(1) 0,03 %FS typ. 0,03 %FS typ. 0,03 %FS typ. Error Band (10...40 °C) 0,05 %FS 0,10 %FS (1) 0,10 %FS (2) 0,10 %FS (2) 0,10 %FS Error Band (-10...80 °C) (3) 0,10 %FS 0,15 %FS (1) 0,15 %FS (2) 0,15 %FS (2) 0,15 %FS Power consumption (without communication) < 8 mA 3,2…22,5 mA < 8 mA < 8 mA < 3 mA

(1) Disturbance of the 4...20 mA signal occurs during communication through RS485. Use the 3-wire type, if you need the

analogue output and the RS485 at the same time Intrinsically safe in conjunction with certi- (2) Without burden of the voltage output (Ri = 100 Ω). With burden Ra = 100 KΩ the error increases by 0,1 %FS. fied intrinsically safe power circuits, with the (3) Compensated temperature range for Series 36 XW Ei: 0…50 °C following maximum connected loads:

Ui ≤ 30 V, Ii ≤ 200 mA, Pi ≤ 0,64…1,3 W True Output Rate (preset) 400 Hz (depending on the application, Resolution 0,002 %FS see operating instructions) Long Term Stability typ. Range ≤ 1 bar: 1 mbar “ ” Range > 1 bar: 0,1 %FS Low Voltage Version LV

Ui ≤ 8,5 V, Ii ≤ 200 mA, Pi ≤ 1,3 W Load Resistance (kΩ) <(U-10 V) / 25 mA (2-wire) Li = 0 mH, Ci = 6,5 µF Electrical Connection DIN 43650*, Binder Series 723*, M12, MIL-C 26482, Subconn BH MSS and MCBH MSS or cable * Mating connector included Polynomial Compensation

Power-ON time < 600 ms This uses a mathematical model to derive the Insulation 10 MΩ / 500 V precise pressure value (P) from the signals Storage Temperature Range -40…+120 °C measured by the pressure sensor (S) and the Operating Temperature Range -40…+100 °C for T4 temperature sensor (T). The microprocessor in -40… +85 °C for T5 the transmitter calculates P using the following -40… +70 °C for T6 polynomial: Pressure Endurance 10 Million Pressure Cycles 0…100 %FS @ 25 °C P(S,T) = A(T)xS0 + B(T)xS1 + C(T)xS2 + D(T)xS3 Vibration Endurance, acc. to IEC 68-2-6 20 g (5...2000 Hz, max. amplitude ± 3 mm) With the following coefficients A(T)…D(T) Shock Endurance 20 g (11 ms) depending on the temperature: Protection IP 65 optional: IP 67 or IP 68 (with cable) x 0 x 1 x 2 x 3 A(T) = A0 T + A1 T + A2 T + A3 T CE-Conformity EN 61000-6-2:2011 / EN 61000-6-3:2011 / x 0 x 1 x 2 x 3 B(T) = B0 T + B1 T + B2 T + B3 T EN 61326-2-3:2013 x 0 x 1 x 2 x 3 C(T) = C0 T + C1 T + C2 T + C3 T Material in Contact with Media Stainless Steel 316L (DIN 1.4435) / Viton® x 0 x 1 x 2 x 3 D(T) = D0 T + D1 T + D2 T + D3 T Weight Series 33 X Ei ≈ 140 g; Series 35 X Ei ≈ 160 g Series PD-33 X Ei ≈ 500 g The transmitter is factory-tested at various levels Dead Volume Change < 0,1 mm3 of pressure and temperature. The corresponding measured values of S, together with the exact Options: - Special calculations with pressure and temperature pressure and temperature values, allow the coefficients A ...D to be calculated. These are - Different housing-material, oil filling, pressure thread 0 3 - Different compensated temperature and pressure ranges written into the EEPROM of the microprocessor. - Low Voltage Version labelled with “LV” in Type Designation When the pressure transmitter is in service, the - Mining Version labelled with “M” in Type Designation microprocessor measures the signals (S) and (T), calculates the coefficients according to the Further versions: - Series PD-39 X Ei: for differential pressure measurements with temperature and produces the exact pressure high double-sided overload resistance value by solving the P(S,T) equation. - Series 41 X Ei: for low pressure ranges Calculations and conversions are performed at - Series 46 X Ei: for low pressure ranges, flush diaphragm least 400 times per second.

This piezoresistive high temperature transmitter is suited for media temperatures up to 300 °C. The pressure, acting onto the flush diaphragm, is transferred over an oil-filled capillary onto the silicon measuring cell. The capillary has the function of a cooling spiral, allowing media temperatures of up to 300 °C. The temperature of the electronics, which can be read out with the PROG30 software, may not exceed 120 °C. For highly aggressive media, KELLER offers pressure ports in different materials.

Digital Output of Transmitter These Series are based on the stable, piezoresisitive transducer and a micro-processor electronics with integrated 16 bit A/D converter. Temperature dependencies and non-linearities of the sensor are mathematically compensated. With the READ30 software and the KELLER cable K-107, the calculated pressure can be displayed on a Palmtop, Laptop or PC. The READ30 software also allows the recording of pressure signals and the graphic display on the PC. Up to 128 transmitters can be hooked together to a Bus-system.

Transmitter with Analog Output The micro-processor integrates a D/A converter of 16 bit for analog signal outputs of 4…20 mA or 0…10 V. The output rate is 100 Hz (adjustable). The digital output is available on all transmitters with analog output.

Programming With the KELLER software READ30 and PROG30, a RS485 converter (i.e. K-102, K-104 or K-107 from KELLER) and a PC, the pressure can be displayed, the units changed, a new gain or zero set. The analog output can be set to any range within the compensated range.

PIN ASSIGNMENT

Binder DIN MIL Output Function 723 43650 C-26482 4…20 mA OUT/GND 1 1 C 2 Wire +Vcc 3 3 A

ø 25 0…10 V GND 1 1 C

3 Wire OUT 2 2 B G 1/2" +Vcc 3 3 A HEX 27

14 15 50 90 Digital RS485A 4 D RS485B 5 F

Housing Electronics

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 08/2016 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Specifications

Standard Pressure Ranges (FS) and Overpressure in Bar All intermediate ranges for the analog output are PR 35 X HTC 3 10 30 realizable with no surcharge by spreading the standard ranges. PAA 35 X HTC 10 30 100 300 1000 Option: Adjustment directly to intermediate ranges Overpressure 5 20 60 200 400 1100 (below 20 pieces against surcharge).

(digital) (analog) (analog) Polynomial Compensation Output RS 485 4…20 mA (2 Wire) 0…10 V (3 Wire) Supply (U) 8…28 Vcc 8…28 Vcc 13…28 Vcc This uses a mathematical model to derive the Accuracy, Error Band1) (20...300 °C)2) 0,5 %FS 0,5 %FS 0,5 %FS precise pressure value (P) from the signals measured by the pressure sensor (S) and the 1) Linearity + Hysteresis + Repeatability + Temp. Coeff. + Zero + Span Tolerance temperature sensor (T). The microprocessor in 2) Media Temperature (temperature of electronics max. 120 °C) the transmitter calculates P using the following Linearity (best straight line) 0,05 %FS polynomial: True Output Rate 100 Hz P(S,T) = A(T)xS0 + B(T)xS1 + C(T)xS2 + D(T)xS3 Resolution 0,002 %FS Long Term Stability typ. 0,2 %FS With the following coefficients A(T)…D(T) depending on the temperature: Load Resistance (Ω) <(U-7V) / 0,02A (2-wire) > 5’000 (3-wire)

Electrical Connection – Binder-Plug 723 (5 pole) x 0 x 1 x 2 x 3 A(T) = A0 T + A1 T + A2 T + A3 T

x 0 x 1 x 2 x 3 – DIN 43650 Plug (4 pole) B(T) = B0 T + B1 T + B2 T + B3 T

x 0 x 1 x 2 x 3 – MIL C-26482-Plug (6 pole) C(T) = C0 T + C1 T + C2 T + C3 T

x 0 x 1 x 2 x 3 Insulation > 10 MΩ / 50 V D(T) = D0 T + D1 T + D2 T + D3 T Storage- / Operating Temperature Range Media: 0…300 °C Electronics: 0…120 °C Pressure Endurance 10 Million Pressure Cycles 0…100 %FS at 25 °C The transmitter is factory-tested at various levels Vibration Endurance, IEC 68-2-6 20 g (5...2000 Hz, max. amplitude ± 3 mm) of pressure and temperature. The corresponding measured values of S, together with the exact Shock Endurance 20 g (11 ms) pressure and temperature values, allow the Protection IP 65 optional: IP 67 coefficients A0...D3 to be calculated. These are CE-Conformity EN 61000-6-1 to -6-4 written into the EEPROM of the microprocessor. Material in Contact with Media Stainless Steel 316L (DIN 1.4435) / Copper Weight ≈ 300 g When the pressure transmitter is in service, the Dead Volume Change < 0,1 mm3 microprocessor measures the signals (S) and Mounting – Horizontal position (carrying-off of heat) (T), calculates the coefficients according to the temperature and produces the exact pressure – Cooling spiral exposed to room temperature value by solving the P(S,T) equation. Remark: – RS485 pins (for digital output and for programming) is available on all types. Options: – Switch output, programmable via interface Calculations and conversions are performed at least 400 times per second. – Special calculations with pressure and temperature – Different housing-material, oil filling, pressure thread or connector

Accessories Series 30 Each Series 30 transmitter also integrates a digital interface (RS485 halfduplex) which you can make use of: Connect the transmitter to a PC or Laptop via a converter RS232-RS485 (i.e. K-102, K-104 or K-107). Two programs are offered: PROG30: Instrument Settings READ30: Data collection with graphs Software PROG30 • Call up of information (pressure- and tempe- • Fast read-out and viewing of the pressure rature range, version of software etc.) signals in a graph • Indication of actual pressure value • Documentation of dynamic measurements • Selection of the units • Up to 16 transmitters on one serial connec- • Setting of a new zero and gain for the tion (Bus-operation) transmitter • Reprogramming of the analog output (i.e. different unit, other pressure range) • Programming of the switch output • Changing the output rate You can also tie up the transmitters into your own software. You have then a documentation, a DLL and numerous examples at your disposal. Changing the plug connector (optional) Laboratory applications require the same transmitter to be used at different measurement points with different electrical connection arrange- ments. To accommodate such applications, KELLER can supply different connectors matching with the internal standard plug. This makes it easy to exchange the electrical connector of the transmitter.

Piezoresistive pressure transmitter for applications in bio-reactors or autoclaves. The transmitter is compensated up to 150 °C and may be operated continuously or sterilised at this level, including the special circuit electronics.

The transmitters are supplied in absolute or gauge versions, with current or voltage output.

The sensing component is a micro-machined silicon pressure chip of high sensitivity. An independent temperature sensor is integrated on the surface of the silicon chip.

Digital Output of Transmitter

These Series are based on the stable, piezoresisitive transducer and a micro-processor electro- Series 35 X HT nics with integrated 16 bit A/D converter. Temperature dependencies and non-linearities of the sensor are mathematically compensated. With the READ30 software and the KELLER cable K-107, the calculated pressure can be displayed on a Palmtop, Laptop or PC. The READ30 software also allows the recording of pressure signals and the graphic display on the PC. Up to 128 transmitters can be hooked together to a Bus-system.

Transmitter with Analog Output The micro-processor integrates a D/A converter of 16 bit for analog signal outputs of 4…20 mA or 0…10 V. The output rate is 100 Hz (adjustable). The accuracy is diminished by this converting process by 0,05 %FS. The digital output is available on all transmitters with analog output.

Series 35 X HTT

10 PIN ASSIGNMENT

Binder MIL Output Function 723 C-26482 4…20 mA OUT/GND 1 C 2 Wire +Vcc 3 A ø 21 ø 22 80 max. 0…10 V GND 1 C 100 3 Wire OUT 2 B +Vcc 3 A Digital RS485A 4 D ø 19 RS485B 5 F 12 ø 24 6.5 HEX 27

9 G 1/2" 14 2 ø 18.95 ø 18

Series 35 X HT Series 35 X HTT (Manometer Pressure Port) (G 1/2”)

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 08/2004 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Differential Pressure Transmitters Series PRD-33 X with high overload resistance and line pressure output

The Series PRD-33 X was developed for applications that require a high accuracy differential pressure measurement together with high overload resistance in differential pressure ranges as low as 350 mbar. The Series PRD-33 X is the result of ongoing development of the KELLER PD-33 X differential pressure transmitter. Thanks to a second integrated pressure sensor, the line, or common mode, pressure can now be measured along with the differential pressure, resulting in several notable features not found in traditional differential pressure transmitters. For example, compensation for line pressure effect is now accomplished during factory calibration. Moreover, both differential and line (absolute) pressure may be read by the user. In addition, the PRD-33 X features high differential overload resistance; e.g., ± 35 bar with a differential measuring range of only 350 mbar (100:1). The internal differential pressure sensor element is isolated from the High (+) side media by a compliant stainless steel diaphragm, while the Low (-) side media impinges directly on the back side of the silicon measuring cell. Also isolated from the High (+) side media is the line (absolute) pressure sensor. The floating sensor assembly guarantees maximum decoupling from external mechanical forces. Another notable feature of the Series PRD-33 X is the robust digital RS485 bi-directional communication interface. Information such as serial number, pressure range, filter settings and process values for both differential and line (absolute) pressures and their temperatures are easily obtained. This combination of features enables certain measurements not possible with traditional differential pressure transmitters. For example, filling levels in liquefied gas storage tanks, including oxygen, nitrogen, carbon dioxide and argon can now be measured safely, accurately and at reasonable cost. Features - High-accuracy differential pressure measurement with compensated line pressure dependency - Pressure- and temperature-compensated - Independent line (absolute) pressure output - High overload resistance - RS485 communication interface - Configurable via RS485 interface - Compact structural design Applications - Level measurement of technical gases in liquefied gas tanks - Differential pressure measurement in case of high unilateral overload resistance

Cable gland Binder-plug M12-plug

18,5 mm PIN ASSIGNMENTS 9,5 mm 18,5 mm

Binder Function Cable M12* Serie 723 A-coded GND white 1 3 45,5 mm ø 22 n.c. red 2 1

Supply black 3 2 RS485A blue 4 4

6-KT G1/4‘‘ G1/4‘‘ RS485B yellow 5 5 SW32 Shielding Thread Thread

57 mm * Compatible to CAN wiring components. Other pin assignments are possible

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Version 11/2013 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Änderungen vorbehalten +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Unternehmen zertifiziert nach ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Specifications

Differential pressure measurement (P1): Pressure Range* 0…350 mbar 0…1 bar 0…3 bar Accuracy** ± 0,1 %FS ± 0,05 %FS ± 0,05 %FS Resolution 0,01 %FS 0,005 %FS 0,005 %FS Total Error Band (-30…+ 60 °C)*** ± 1 %FS ± 0,4 %FS ± 0,2 %FS Common mode / line pressure range 0…40 bar abs 0…40 bar abs 0…40 bar abs Proof pressure ± 35 bar ± 35 bar ± 35 bar Burst pressure ± 80 bar ± 80 bar ± 80 bar

*Other pressure ranges on request ** Includes Linearity (BFSL) + Repeatability + Hysteresis *** Includes Accuracy, Temperature error, Static line dependence

Line / Absolute Pressure Measurement (P2) (1): Signal processing Pressure Range 0…40 bar absolute This series features microcontroller-based elec- Accuracy** 0,1 %FS tronic evaluation to ensure maximum accuracy. Resolution 0,005 %FS Each transmitter is gauged across the entire Total Error Band (-30…+ 60 °C)*** 0,3 %FS pressure and temperature range. This measurement data is used to calculate a mathematical (1) Measured at the High (+) pressure connection model that enables correction of all reproducible Type Standard Low Voltage errors. In this way, KELLER can guarantee high accuracy on the basis of an error bandwidth Interface RS485 RS485 within the overall compensated pressure and Supply voltage 8…32 VDC 3,2…32 VDC temperature range. Differential pressure, line Voltage insulation RS485 ± 32 VDC -7…+ 12 VDC pressure and temperatures can be read easily, Power consumption < 8 mA < 3 mA safely and lossless via the digital interface.

Pressure connections G-1/4” female Electrical connection Binder 723, M12, Cable, other connections are available as option Output RS485 half-duplex, 9600 or 115200 baud Power-ON time < 600 ms Conversion time for all channels 8 ms (continuous measurement) Compensated Temperature Range -30…+ 60 °C Storage-/Operating Temperature Range -40…+ 80 °C Insulation > 10 MOhm at < 300 VDC Protection IP 65, optional IP 67 or IP 68 Reverse Polarity and Overvoltage Protection integrated CE-Conformity EN 61000-6-2: 2005 / EN61000-6-3: 2007 / EN 61326-2-3: 2006

Material in contact with media Stainless Steel AISI 316L, silicone O-ring On the negative pressure connection additionally gold and silicon

Compatibility of media Oxygen, Argon, Nitrogen, Nitrous oxide, CO2 On the positive pressure connection also aggresive mediums Weight ca. 400 g

Interface The digital interface is designed as a robust RS485 half-duplex for 9’600 and 115’200 baud. It can be used to implement bus systems with 128 subscribers and line lengths of up to 1’400 m.

Communication protocol: MODBUS RTU and KELLER Bus. The measuring channels are defined as follows: P1: differential pressure, P2: absolute pressure, TOB1, TOB2: sensor temperatures.

Details about the communication protocol are available at: www.keller-druck.com.

The transmitters can be configured and measured values can be recorded with the CCS30 software and a K-114 interface converter.

In applications where the differential pressure is more than 5% of the maximum standard pressure range, differential pressure measurement with two absolute pressure sensors offers major advantages over conventional methods of differential pressure measurement (such as the Series PD-10).

The Series PD-39 X does not measure the differential pressure directly - instead, it uses two absolute pressure sensors to take the measurement indirectly. As well as reducing costs, this differential pressure transmitter is also more robust in relation to unbalanced (one-sided) over- loading. The differential pressure range should be at least 5% of the standard pressure range. Each pressure side has two pressure connections, so the PD-39 X is easy to use in pressure lines.

So that the differential pressure can also be measured exactly if the standard pressure range/ differential pressure ratio is high, this series also features the tried-and-tested microprocessor-based technology that is used in Series 30 X. All reproducible pressure sensor errors (i.e. non-linearities and temperature dependencies) are entirely eliminated thanks to mathematical Low Pressure Version error compensation. The sensor signals are measured with a 16-bit A/D converter, so the individual standard pressure ranges can be measured to an accuracy of 0,05%FS throughout the entire pressure and temperature range.

Digital Interface The transmitters have a bus-compatible two-wire RS485 half-duplex interface which is modelled on the ”MODBUS RTU”. KELLER offers interface converters to RS232 or USB for use here. The READ30/PROG30 program and the protocol are freely available. The interface offers these capabilities: - Readout of pressure and temperature values for both sensors. This allows readout of the differential pressure as well as the two standard pressure ranges. - Calibration of zero points and amplification. - Scaling of the analog output to different pressure ranges or units. - Configuration settings such as measurement rate, low-pass (LP) filter, bus address, etc. - Readout of information such as serial number, compensated pressure and temperature ranges, etc.

Analog Output The analog output is freely scalable via the interface. For flow measurements, the root of the Medium Pressure Version differential pressure can also be outputted. The calculated value can be outputted via an analog interface (0…10 V or 4…20 mA).

Series PD-39 X: Low Pressure Version Series PD-39 X: Medium Pressure Version PIN ASSIGNMENT

Binder DIN MIL Output Function 723 43650 C-264882 44 44 4…20mA OUT/GND 1 1 C 2-Wire +Vcc 3 3 A 26 26 0…10V GND 1 1 C 60 70 3-Wire OUT 2 2 B +Vcc 3 3 A ca. 25

ca. 25 Program- RS485A 4 D ming RS485B 5 F

71 16 16 1 64 5 1

24 22 G1/4”G1/4”

26 26

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 12/2015 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Specifications

Pressure Ranges (FS) and Overpressure in Bar

Version Series 39 X Low Pressure Series 39 X Medium Pressure

Standard Pressure Ranges * 3 10 25 100 300

Overpressure 10 20 30 200 450

Differential Pressure Ranges All ranges are scalable within standard pressure range. Error band calculation for differential pressure see box

* max. measurable pressure per pressure connection Error Band Differential Pressure Range

Storage-/Operating Temperature -40…100 °C The error band of the differential pressure (in % Compensated Standard Range -10…80 °C of the differential pressure measuring range) is Error Band (1) (2) ≤ 0,05 %FS typ. ≤ 0,1 %FS max. calculated as follows: True Output Rate 200 Hz Error band of the differential pressure range = Resolution (2) ≤ 0,002 % Standard Press. Range Long Term Stability typ. (2) 0,1 % Max. Error Band of x Stand. Press. Range Diff. Pressure Range (1) Linearity + Hysteresis + Repeatability + Temperature Error (2) Accuracy and Resolution referred to Standard Pressure Range Example: Standard Pressure = 10 bar Differential Pressure = 4 bar. Output Signal 4…20 mA, 2-wire 0…10 V, 3-wire Error Band (in %FS) of the diff. Supply (U) 8…28 Vcc 13…28 Vcc pressure = 0,1 x 10/4 = 0,25% Load Resistance (U-7 V) / 0,02 A > 5’000 Ω

Electrical Connection - Binder-plug 723 (5 pole) Polynomial Compensation - DIN 43650 plug - MIL C-26482 plug (6 pole) This uses a mathematical model to derive the Programming RS485 half-duplex precise pressure value (P) from the the signals Insulation 10 MΩ / 50 V measured by the pressure sensor (S) and the temperature sensor (T). The microprocessor in the transmitter calculates P using the following Pressure Endurance 10 Mio. Pressure Cycles 0...100 %FS at 25 polynomial: °C x 0 x 1 x 2 x 3 Vibration Endurance 20 g, 20 to 5’000 Hz P(S,T) = A(T) S + B(T) S + C(T) S + D(T) S Shock Endurance 20 g sinus 11 msec. With the following coefficients A(T)...D(T) depen- Protection IP65 ding on the temperature: CE-Conformity EN 61000-6-1 to -4 (with screened cable)

x x 2 x 3 Material in Contact with Media Stainless Steel 316L (DIN 1.4435) A(T) = A0 + A1 T + A2 T + A3 T

® x x 2 x 3 O-ring: Nitrile or Viton B(T) = B0 + B1 T + B2 T + B3 T 3 x x 2 x 3 Dead Volume Change < 0,1 mm C(T) = C0 + C1 T + C2 T + C3 T x x 2 x 3 Pressure Ports G1/4 female (2 per pressure side) D(T) = D0 + D1 T + D2 T + D3 T Weight Series 39 X Low Pressure: ≈ 475 g The transmitter is factory-tested at various levels Series 39 X Medium Pressure: ≈ 750 g of pressure and temperature. The corresponding measured values of S, together with the exact pressure and temperature values, allow the

Options coefficients A0...D3 to be calculated. These are written into the EEPROM of the microprocessor. • Versions for hazardous areas / Other pressure ranges / Supply 32 V / Electrical cable output / Oil Filling: Fluorized Oil (O2-compatible), Olive Oil, Low Temperature Oil / When the pressure transmitter is in service, the Other connections microprocessor measures the signals (S) and (T), calculates the coefficients according to the temperature and produces the exact pressure value by solving the P(S,T) equation.

Calculations and conversions are performed at least 200 times per second depending on the Double sensor with electronic circuit. format of the signals. In this state, the sensors are mounted in test The resolution is 0,002% of the standard pres- fixtures and tested in furnaces in lots of 100, sure. subsequently mounted in the Series 39 X Low Pressure housings.

The Series 41 X combines the ceramic measurement cell for low pressure ranges with the µP electronics of the digital Series 30 transmitter. The pressure values from the signals of the pressure and temperature sensors are determined by polynomial compensation (see reverse). The values can be displayed and stored on a PC via an RS485 interface and programming can also be carried out.

The transmitters are calibrated to the base range. The PROG30 software permits programming of the analog output signal in each section of the range within the base range (e.g. range 100 mbar. Output 4…20 mA for 20…60 mbar).

With KELLER RS converters K-100 Series, up to 128 transmitters can be hooked together into a bus system and read by means of a PC or laptop. READ30 software allows the current pressure of each transmitter to be read or the pressure activity of several transmitters to be recorded or stored whilst “on line”.

This pressure transmitter is also available as intrinsically safe version (Series 41 X Ei). It is used in explosion exposed areas, where the categories 1 and 2 are required.

II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T4 PTB 06 ATEX 2011 0081

*by splitting the 10 mbar range

Electrical Connections Binder 4 SW 19 Binder DIN MIL Lumberg ø 11,2 Output Function Cable 723 43650 C-264882 M12 ø 38 4…20 mA OUT/GND 1 1 C 1 white

ø 22 2 Wire +Vcc 3 3 A 3 black G1/4” ø 16,5 0…10 V GND 1 1 C 1 white 3 Wire +OUT 2 2 B 2 red +Vcc 3 3 A 3 black Digital RS485A 4 D 4 blue RS485B 5 F 5 yellow

44 mm 128

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 05/2010 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Specifications

Standard FS Pressure Ranges All intermediate ranges for the analog output are realiza ble with no surcharge by spreading the standard ranges. ** Option: Adjustment directly to intermediate ranges PR-41 X (relative) PD-41 X (diff.) 30 100 300 mbar (below 20 pieces against surcharge). Overpressure 300 1000 1500 mbar For higher pressure ranges and for “wet/wet”-differential applications, KELLER offers Series 33 X resp. Series Neg. Overpressure 30 100 300 mbar 39 X.

** Note that the error band will then increase proportionally 2-Wire 3-Wire

Supply (UB) 41 X 8…28 VDC 13…28 VDC

Supply (UB) 41 X Ei 10…30 VDC 15…30 VDC Analog Output (scaleable) 4…20 mA 0…10 V

Load (kΩ) <(UB-UB min.) / 20 mA ≥ 100 Error Band typ.* ± 0,1 %FS ± 0,2 %FS Error Band max.* ± 0,2 %FS ± 0,3 %FS

* Within the compensated temperature range PD-41 X Dimensions ø 50 x 62 mm Stability FS ≥ 100 mbar: ± 0,1 %FS FS ≤ 100 mbar: ± 0,1 mbar

Operating Temperature -20…80 °C Polynomial Compensation This uses a mathematical model to derive the precise

Compensated Range 10…50 °C pressure value (P) from the signals measured by the pressure sensor (S) and the temperature sensor (T). The microprocessor in the transmitter calculates P using the ® Pressure Connection G1/4” male, Viton flat seal following polynomial: Electrical Connection Binder Series 723 (5 pole) P(S,T) = A(T).S0 + B(T).S1 + C(T).S2 + D(T).S3 Material in Contact with Media Stainless steel (AISI 316L), Nitril O-ring, With the following coefficients A(T)…D(T) depending on the temperature: gold-coated ceramic diaphragm . 0 . 1 . 2 . 3 A(T) = A0 T + A1 T + A2 T + A3 T B(T) = B .T0 + B .T1 + B .T2 + B .T3 PD-Reference side Non-aggressive dry gases 0 1 2 3 . 0 . 1 . 2 . 3 C(T) = C0 T + C1 T + C2 T + C3 T . 0 . 1 . 2 . 3 Protection / Weight IP 40 / ca. 190 g D(T) = D0 T + D1 T + D2 T + D3 T Special Versions - IP 67 The transmitter is factory-tested at various levels of pressure and temperature. The corresponding mea- - Alternative plugs (see front page) sured values of S, together with the exact pressure and - Cable version temperature values, allow the coefficients A0...D3 to be calculated. These are written into the EEPROM of the - Pressure ranges neg./pos.: Example: -10…+10 mbar microprocessor. - Intrinsically safe version for use in explosion exposed When the pressure transmitter is in service, the microprocessor measures the signals (S) and (T), calculates the areas (must only be used in combination with certified coefficients according to the temperature and produces the exact pressure value by solving the P(S,T) equation. intrinsically safe equipment!)

Accessories Series 41 X Each Series 41 X transmitter also integrates a digital interface (RS485 halfduplex) which the user can make use of. The transmitter is being connected via a converter RS232-RS485 (i.e. K-102, K-104 or K-107) to a PC or Laptop. Two programs are offered: PROG30: Instrument Settings READ30: Data collection with graphs Software PROG30 • Call up of information (pressure- and tempe- • Fast read-out and viewing of the pressure rature range, version of software etc.) signals in a graph • Indication of actual pressure value • Documentation of dynamic measurements • Selection of the units • Up to 16 transmitters on one serial connec- • Setting of a new zero and gain for the tion (Bus-operation) transmitter • Reprogramming of the analog output (i.e. different unit, other pressure range) • Setting of the instrument address (for Bus-operation) • Programming of the switch output • Changing the output rate You can also tie up the transmitters into your own software. You have then a documentation,a DLL and numerous examples at your disposal.

The piezoresistive pressure transducers Series M5 are ideal, thanks to the M5 fine thread, for taking measurements at close proximity in places where access is a problem and in very thin pipes – exactly the kinds of conditions associated with engine test benches. The front-flush design prevents gas bubbles interfering with fluid measurements and supports measurements up to 200 °C without a cooling adapter. The extreme dynamic range of 0…50 kHz makes it possible to record very fast pulsations just as reliably as those associated with static pressure values. A vibration-resistant Teflon FEP cable (IP67) ensures the 80 mV output signal is routed securely out of the hot environment and then onwards for processing.

Sensor technology The Series M5 sensor incorporates a stable silicon sensor which is backside-soldered directly to a supporting element designed for excellent fluid dynamics. This construction eliminates the disadvantages of sealants, adhesives, separating membranes or capillary tubes in high temperature environments. The practically-flush connection to the measurement media is critical to the excellent dynamic range of 0…50 kHz. The micromechanical design delivers absolute measuring ranges of 3, 10 and 30 bar, overpressure protection of up to 5 times measuring range and effective isolation of mounting forces, and a very low dead volume.

Conditions of use Thanks to the materials used in the pressure connection (silicon oxide, stainless steel, and gold), the pressure transducers in the M5 series offer excellent media compatibility. They are designed for operating temperatures between -50 °C and +180 °C and come with a typical output signal range of 80 mV (based on a 1 mA supply) and an individual calibration certificate. The unit which incorporates a remote measurement amplifier is known as the Series M5 HB (see the data sheet) and can achieve a total error band of ± 1 %FS for the operating temperature range.

Performance characteristics • Sensor head capable of exposure to 200 °C • Broad compensated temperature range, with a choice of either -20…125 °C or -40…180 °C • Excellent dynamic response, up to 50 kHz (pulsation measurements) • Insensitive to structure-borne vibration • Extremely compact design, pressure connection: M5 x 0,5 fine thread • Teflon FEP cable with IP67 ferrule, suitable for use on test benches • Pressure ranges of 3 bar, 10 bar and 30 bar (absolute)

ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS

+IN / TOB (black)

1,5 m R1 R2

Measurement Bridge +OUT (red) -OUT (blue)

-IN (white)

Shield (wire mesh) 1:1 Comments - The R1 or R2 resistor provides pre-compensation for the zero-point variation with temperature. The recommended value can be found in the calibration sheet. - The shield is connected to the pressure transducer housing. - Recommended tightening torque 1,5…2,5 Nm

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 10/2015 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Specifications

Absolute pressure ranges PAA 3 10 30 bar

Overpressure / burst pressure 15 50 90 bar

Typical sensitivity 30 8 3.2 mV/bar at 1 mA

PAA: Absolute pressure. Zero at vacuum.

Calibrated Temperature Range (choice of) -20…125 °C or -40…180 °C Operating Temperature Range -50…180 °C

Symbol Conditions Min. Typ. Max. Unit Bridge resistance RB 25 °C 2,6 3,3 4 kΩ α_RB 2,0 2,3 2,7 10-3/K Temperature coefficients for bridge resistance 1) -40 to +180 °C β_RB 3 5 8 10-6/K2 Supply (constant current source) IB 0,1 1,0 mA Linearity (best fitted straight line) Lin ± 0,2 ± 0,3 %FS Zero point 2) NP 25 °C -25 -5 +15 mV Temperature coefficient for zero point 2) TCzero -40 to +180 °C -0,05 mV/K -40 to +25 °C -0,01 Temperature coefficient for sensitivity TCsens %/K 25 to 180 °C 0,06 Pressure hysteresis 0,0 0,05 %FS Temperature hysteresis -40 to +180 °C 0,2 %FS 1) Bridge resistance as a function of temperature: RB(T) = RB . [1 + α_RB . (T-25 °C) + β_RB . (T-25 °C)2] 2) Signals at a constant excitation current of 1,0 mA

Electrical Connections 4 open flexible wire ends (closed measurement bridge) 1,5 m FEP cable with Ø 2,9 mm shield Each sensor is Insulation > 10 MΩ @ 300 VDC measured as a Pressure Connection Metric fine thread: M5 x 0,5 function of pressure Materials in Contact with Media Stainless steel AISI 316L (DIN 1.4404 / 1.4435), silicon, gold, and temperature. external copper seal The characteristics Media Compatibility Oil, fuels (diesel, petrol, etc.), gases, coolants, etc. recorded are enclosed Protection IP67 with the transducers in Options • Other pressure connections via thread adapter a calibration sheet. • Other compensated temperature ranges

Typical characteristic curve for temperature coefficients (normalised at 25°C)

12 12 10 TCzero 10 TCsens 8 8 6 6 4 4 2 2 TCsens [%]

TCzero [mV] @ 1 mA 0 0 -2 -2 -4 -4 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200

Temperature [°C]

The Series M5 pressure transmitters, with their 0…50 kHz dynamic range and M5 pressure connection, are optimized both for dynamic (i.e. fast pressure pulsations at close proximity) as well as static pressure measurements. The sensor design enables excellent media compatibility and supports measurements at temperatures of up to 200 °C without cooling adapters.

Electronics The circuitry for the Series M5 HB was specifically developed to take advantage of the high dynamic range of the M5 sensor head. The signal path remains entirely analog, although it is readjusted in real time by means of a high-precision digital compensation circuit. This ensures the full dynamic range of the sensor and the accuracy of the measurement signal are maintained across the entire 0…50 kHz bandwidth. With a temperature range of -40…+125 °C, the remote signal converter satisfies the exceptional demands associated with hostile environments; e.g., engine test benches. The sensor head alone (see the data sheet for the Series M5), i.e., without the remote signal converter, is available for those applications better served by a sensor with Series M5 HB 80 mV output (@ 1 mA supply). Included with this configuration is a calibration card providing the user with actual test data taken from the sensor during factory calibration.

Performance characteristics • Sensor head capable of exposure to 200 °C • Broad compensated temperature range, with a choice of either -20…125 °C or -40…180 °C • Excellent dynamic response, up to 50 kHz (pulsation measurements) • Insensitive to shock and vibration • Extremely compact design, pressure connection: M5 x 0,5 fine thread • Teflon FEP cable with IP67 ferrule, suitable for use on test benches Sensor Head • Pressure ranges of 3 bar, 10 bar and 30 bar (absolute)

Sensor head Series M5 HB (1:1) ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS (shielded cables recommended)

M12 Binder Function A-coded 723 +Vcc 1 3

-OUT * 2 n.c.

GND 3 1 Sensor head +OUT 4 2

Measurement amplifier n.c. 5 n.c.

Shield Thread Thread

* Connected to GND for 4-wire measurement 1,5 m

Recommended tightening torque 1,5…2,5 Nm

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 08/2014 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Specifications

Pressure ranges, absolute Intermediate ranges show PAA 0…3 0…10 0…30 bar the overpressure resistance for the next biggest Overpressure / burst pressure 15 50 90 bar range listed.

PAA: Absolute pressure. Zero at vacuum.

Accuracy 1) ± 0,1 %FS Total Error Band 2) (choice of) ± 0,5 %FS @ -20 to +125 °C sensor temperature ± 1,0 %FS @ -40 to +180 °C sensor temperature Operating Temperature of Sensor Head -50…+180 °C Operating Temperature of Electronics -40…+125 °C Temp. Coefficients for Amplifier Electronics ± 0,01 %/K max.

1) Linearity (best straight line), hysteresis and repeatability 2) Accuracy and temperature error

Type 3- and 4-wire Signal Output 0…10 V Excitation 13…32 VDC Load Resistance > 5 kΩ Limiting Frequency (-3 dB) 50 kHz min. Power Consumption (off-load) 15 mA max. Electrical Connections M12 plug (5-pin), Binder 723 (5-pin) Pressure Connection Metric fine thread: M5 x 0,5 male Cable (between sensor and electronics) 1,5 m FEP cable with Ø 2,9 mm shield Insulation > 10 MΩ @ 300 VDC Materials in Contact with Media Stainless steel AISI 316L (DIN 1.4404 / 1.4435), silicon, gold, external copper seal Media Compatibility Oil, fuels (diesel, petrol, etc.), gases, coolants, etc. Protection IP67 (with a suitable mating plug) EMC EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-3 / EN 61326-2-3 Options • Other pressure connections via thread adapter • Other compensated pressure and temperature ranges

Frequency response for the amplifier electronics of the Series M5 HB 60kHz 50 225 -3dB 40 180

30 135

20 90

10 45

0 0

Gain [dB] -10 -45 Phase [deg] -20 -90

-30 -135

-40 -180

-50 -225 1k 10k 100k 1M Frequency [Hz]

The 'HB' electronics designation stands for high bandwidth and is associated with the project name HummingBird.

www.keller-holland.nl Hydrostatische tankinhoudsmeting

In een vloeistofkolom is de hydrostatische druk evenredig met Hydrostatische druk met inachtneming van de het waterpeil. Hoe hoog die druk precies is, hangt af van de dichtheid van de vloeistof en de zwaartekracht die erop werkt. omgevingsdruk Nivosensoren meten deze druk en houden daarbij metrologisch r en constructief rekening met de omgevingsdruk. De drukmeting p (h, p0) = x g x h + p0 dient gedurende een langere termijn zeer stabiel te blijven om te voldoen aan de hoge eisen van statische metingen. Deze formule kan worden toegepast op open water en op statische vloeistoffen in tanks. In geval van gesloten tanks dient een drukverschilmeting voor de bepaling van p0 (dekseldruk) te Voordelen van piëzo-resistieve druksensoren worden ingezet. Om bij de open toepassingen ook de omgevingsdruk mee te nemen, wordt gebruik gemaakt van relatieve KELLER speelt een voortrekkersrol op het gebied van piëzo- druksondes of van AA-technologie (absoluut-absoluut). resistieve druksensoren en heeft de opbouw van geïsoleerde siliciumcellen geperfectioneerd. De robuuste metalen behuizing maakt interne afdichtingen overbodig. Het monokristallijne sen- sorelement is ideaal voor statische drukmetingen en kent geen p0 hysteresis. Bovendien zijn piëzo-resistieve druksensoren bij uitstek geschikt voor zeer compacte constructies.

Kenmerken van de meetapparatuur – Hydrostatische druk als functie p (h,p0) • Hoge nauwkeurigheid, uitstekende langetermijnprestaties, van de vloeistofkolom in samenhang met geen last van hysteresis de omgevingsdruk; [p] = Pa³ • Gemeten temperatuurwaarden zijn afleesbaar via een digitale ρ – Dichtheid (bijvoorbeeld voor water: interface (handig bij dichtheidsberekening) h ρ 1.000 kg/m³ bij 3,98 °C); [ρ] = kg /m³ • Goed beschermd tegen omgevingsinvloeden • Polariteit- en overspanningsbeveiliging g – Locatievariabele (versnelling als gevolg • Robuuste rvs-behuizing van de zwaartekracht, gnorm = 9,80665 m/s2); [g] = m /s²² • Kleine diameter, geschikt voor peilbuizen vanaf 16 mm • Grote keuze in drukmeetbereiken h – Hoogte van de vloeistofkolom; [h] = m • Verschillende materialen en kabels voor verschillende p – Omgevingsdruk (norm.101.325 Pa op mediums p 0 zeeniveau, p0 = 0 voor relatieve drukmeting); [p0] = Pa

Nivosensoren

Analoog Digitaal en analoog Serie 26 Y / 26 C Serie 36 XW / 36 XS / 46 X* Meetbereik van 0 ... 1 tot 0 ... 300 mH2O Uitgangen: stroom/spanning, ook ratiometrisch Meetbereik van 0 ... 0,01 tot 0 ... 300 mH2O Nauwkeurigheid: 0,25% FS RS485-Modbus RTU-interface, te combineren met SDI-12 of stroom/spanningsuitgang Nauwkeurigheid: <0,02% FS

Compact en robuust ontwerp van roestvrij staal, Geïntegreerde temperatuurmeting Hastelloy® of titanium Grote stabiliteit op lange termijn Beschermkap of schroefdraad Modellen vanaf ø 16 mm Geoptimaliseerde kosten Hercalibreerbaar Digitaal en analoog Analoge uitgang instelbaar via RS485-interface

* Capacitieve meetcel Autonome Dataloggers

Grondwater en riooloverstort dataloggers Datalogger met modem DCX-16 / DCX-18 / DCX-22 / DCX-22 AA GSM-2 Meetbereik van 0 ... 1 tot 0 ... 300 mH2O GSM-module met meerdere ingangen (tot 5 nivosensoren) Nauwkeurigheid: 0,02% FS Gegevensoverdracht via FTP, e-mail of sms

Batterijlevensduur 10 jaar Verschillende sensor-interfaces AA-technologie met geïntegreerde barometer Autonoom; batterijlevensduur 10 jaar Gratis bijbehorende software Gegevensbeheer met KELLER-software Modellen van ø 16 mm, 18 mm en 22 mm Geschikt voor montage in 2“-peilbuis Keuze uit accu- / batterijvoeding of externe voeding Waterdicht / onderdompelbaar Geïntegreerde temperatuurmeting Geïntegreerde barometer

Multiparametersensoren Speciale modellen

DCX 22 CTD / Serie 36 Xi W CTD Serie 36 X KY / 33 X / DCX-25 PVDF

Druk/Nivo-, temperatuur- en geleidbaarheidsmeting Vuilafstotend Kynar®-Membraan Geleidbaarheidsmeetbereik 0...200 mS/cm SubConn®-Stekker Onderhoudsvrij Behuizing van PVDF voor toepassing in agressieve media

Opties en keurmerken

Klantspecifieke aanpassingen, ook voor kleine aantallen ATEX- en IECEx-keurmerk Drinkwaterkeurmerk Temperatuurcompensatie op alle druksensoren PT1000-variant, nauwkeurigheid van 0,1 K Diverse kabelmateriaalopties zoals PE / TPE / FEP (Teflon ®) Meetbereik en kabellengte naar wens Bliksembeveiliging ISO gecertificeerd Staal, titanium, Hastelloy® - voor alle wetted parts Energiezuinig ontwerp (apparatuur met batterijvoeding) RS485 Modbus RTU en /of SDI-12-interface Welkom bij KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik. DE Zwitserse druksensor specialist.

KELLER Software OEM – op maat gemaakte produkten

KELLER AG beschikt over een eigen software afdeling. KELLER AG is niet alleen be- De soms zeer uitgebreide software maakt altijd deel uit van de kend om zijn druktransmitters, levering van de betreffende produkten. Er zijn geen licentiekos- digitale manometers en nivo- ten. sensoren, maar produceert en ontwerpt ook vele OEM druksensoren. Onze OEM produkten, waaronder druksensoren met elektronische compensatie en klantspecifieke maatoplossingen voor alle ontwikkelingsfasen, worden toegepast in door onze klanten ontwikkelde apparatuur.

De serie PRD-33X is bijvoorbeeld ontworpen voor toepassingen die in het lagere verschildrukbereik uiterst nauwkeurig, maar ook extra bestand tegen overbelasting moeten zijn.

Deze serie is geschikt voor niveaumetingen in gesloten tanksystemen en meet ook de absolute basisdruk voor de regulering van de binnendruk tot 40 bar met maximale nauwkeurigheid.

Hoofdkantoor Vestiging voor Nederland en België KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Nederland St. Gallerstrasse 119 Leeghwaterstraat 25 CH-8404 Winterthur NL -2811DT REEUWIJK Zwitserland Nederland

Tel. +41 (0)52 235 25 25 Tel. +31 (0)182 399840 Fax +41 (0)52 235 25 00 Fax +31 (0)182 399841

[email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com www.keller-holland.nl nivonl052017 Piezoresistive Pressure Transmitters Series 26 W for level- and high precision pressure measurements

The Series 26 W transmitter utilises the Series 10 piezoresistive capsule, which is housed inside a submersible 316 L stainless steel body as standard. For corrosive applications hastelloy diaphragms and other materials are available as options. 26 W vented gauge versions have cable with integral vent tube. These transmitters are fitted with durable PE cable.

Specifications Pressure Ranges (FS) 0,2 0,5 1 2 5 10 20 bar Linearity 0,2 %FS typ. 0,5 %FS max.

Compensated Temp. Range 0…50 °C (on demand -10…80 °C) Storage-/Operating Temperature -45…100 °C

Temperature Coefficients… …of Zero, in %FS/°C …of Sensitivity, in %/°C • Range > 1 bar 0,005 . 0,01 max. 0,02 max. • Range 1 bar 0,010 typ. 0,02 max. 0,02 max. • Range 0,5 bar 0,015 typ. 0,03 max. 0,02 max. • Range 0,2 bar 0,025 typ. 0,05 max. 0,02 max.

Stability • Range > 2 bar 0,1 %FS typ. 0,2 %FS max. • Range ≤ 2 bar 2 mbar typ. 4 mbar max.

Type 2-Wire 3-Wire 3-Wire Excitation (U) 8…28 VDC 10…28 VDC 13…28 VDC Signal Output 4…20 mA 0…20 mA 0…10 V Load (Ω) < (U-8 V)/0,02 A < (U-7 V)/0,02 A > 5 k

Cable ø 7,3 mm, PE, integrated reference tube Cable Length Standard: 5 meter Material in Media Contact Stainless Steel 316 L, Viton®- or Silicone O-ring Weight Transmitter: 260 g / 5 m cable: 340 g Electromagnetic Compatibility EN 61000-6-1 through -4 Options - Other cable lengths - Transducer: Hastelloy-housing and diaphragm - Others versions and pressure ranges on request

Electrical Connections

2-Wire 3-Wire

⊕ 125 mm Black +Vcc +Vcc

Red OUT/GND +OUT ⊕ 100 mm White GND

SERIES 10 ø 16 ø 25

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 07/2006 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Piezoresistive Low-Cost Level Transmitter Series 26 Y absolute and relative pressure / accuracy 0,25 %fs

The pressure transmitters Series 26 Y are used in water level measurements that are price-sensitive but still require considerable accuracy.

Technology Y-series transmitters have an extremely small temperature error. This is achieved by means of digital compensation of an all-analogue signal path. The gain and the zero point of the gain circuit can be influenced by digital/analogue converters. These receive their numerical values from an EEPROM that is addressed depending on the temperature. A mathematical model for TC zero and TC gain with any order can therefore be determined in the calibration process and stored in the transmitter with a resolution of 1,5 K. The accuracy of the end product therefore essentially depends on the amount of testing and the linearity of the measuring cell. With the Series 26 Y, the monocrystalline silicon measuring cell is reliably protected from the measuring medium by a stainless steel diaphragm. The steel diaphragm itself is protected from mechanical influence by a plastic cap, and has outstanding performance features with regard to accuracy and stability due to its large diameter of 17 mm.

Performance Features - Extremely accurate, excellent long-term stability, no pressure hysteresis - Integrated overvoltage and polarity reversal protection - Protection class: IP68 - Compact, robust housing made from stainless steel - Pressure ranges of 100 mbar to 10 bar (corresponds to water column of 1 m to 100 m) - Low-Cost

Analogue Interfaces Because of the all-analogue signal path, a large bandwidth of 2 kHz can be achieved without a time lag. With a start-up time of just 5 ms, the Y-series is excellent for data logging applications.

- Current output: 4…20 mA (2-wire technology) - Voltage output: 0…10 V, 0,5…4,5 V, etc. (non-ratiometric)

73 ±2

ca. 14,5 ca. 58 Electrical Connections 20 Cable Output Function Colour 4…20 mA OUT/GND Red

ø 21 2-Wire +Vcc Black 0…10 V GND White

3-Wire OUT Red +Vcc Black

The Series 46 X combines the ceramic measuring cell for low pressure ranges with the µP-electronics of the digital Series 30 pressure transmitters. The signal values of the pressure- and temperature sensors are determined by a polynomial compensation1). The values can be shown and stored on a PC and can be reprogrammed. A reference tube integrated in the cable connects the referential chamber of the sensor with the ambient pressure. Specifications Pressure Ranges (FS)* 30 100 300 mbar Overpressure 300 1000 1500 mbar * Intermediate ranges for the analog output are realizable with no surcharge by spreading the standard ranges (note that the error band will then increase proportionally) Type 2-Wire 3-Wire

Supply (UB) 46 X 8…28 VDC 13…28 VDC

Supply (UB) 46 X Ei 10…30 VDC 15…30 VDC Signal Output (scaleable) 4…20 mA 0…10 V

Load (kΩ) <(UB-UB min.) / 20 mA ≥ 100 Error Band typ.** ± 0,1 %FS ± 0,2 %FS Error Band max.** ± 0,2 %FS ± 0,3 %FS ** Within the compensated temperature range

Stability FS ≥ 100 mbar: ± 0,1 %FS FS ≤ 100 mbar: ± 0,1 mbar Operating Temperature 0…80 ºC Compensated Range 10…50 ºC Electrical Connection - Reference cable PE sheath Ø 5,8 - Absolute cable PUR double sheath Ø 4,7 - Cable length: Standard 5 m Materials Contact with Media - Housing: Stainless steel (type AISI 316L) - Diaphragm: Ceramic, gold plated - Nitrile O-ring Protection IP 68 Weight ≈ 400 g with 5 m cable Options Programmable, other versions

This pressure transmitter is also available as intrinsically safe version (Series 46 X Ei). It is used II 1/2 G in explosion exposed areas, where the categories 1 and 2 are required and must only be used in Ex ia IIC T4 combination with certified intrinsically safe equipment! PTB 06 ATEX 2011 0081

1) More information about the polynomial compensation and associated software you will find in the Series 41 X datasheet.

Electrical Connections ca.18 mm 44,5 mm

2-Wire 3-Wire Black +VCC +VCC White OUT/GND GND

ø 38 Red +OUT Blue RS 485 A Yellow RS 485 B

ø 24

Pressure Ranges (FS) in bar (all intermediate ranges possible)

PR-26 Y 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2 5 10 PAA-26 Y 0,8…1,8 0,8…2,3 0,8…3 0,8…6 0,8…11

Water column in meter, ca. 1 2 5 10 20 50 100

Overpressure 4 4 4 4 12 40 40

PR: Vented Gauge. Zero at atmospheric pressure PAA: Absolute. Zero at vacuum

Total Error Band @ 0…50 °C 2)

Pressure range Accuracy 1) Typ. Max. > 2…10 bar ±0,25 %FS ±0,3 %FS ±0,5 %FS > 0,3…2 bar ±0,25 %FS ±0,6 %FS ±1,0 %FS 0,1…0,3 bar 3) ±0,50 %FS ±2 mbar ±3 mbar 1) Linearity (best fitted straight line) + hysteresis + repeatability 2) Linearity + Hysteresis + Repeatability + Temp. Coeff. + Zero + Span Tolerance 3) Pressure range 0,1 bar: Linearity ±1% FS Max; Signal output limited to 4…20 mA / 0…5 V / 0…10 V

Storage-/Operating Temperature -20…100 °C

Stability Range > 2 bar 0,1 %FS typ. 0,2 %FS max. Range ≤ 2 bar 2 mbar typ. 4 mbar max.

Type 2-wire 3-wire 3-wire 3-wire Signal Output 4…20 mA 0…10 V 0…5 V 0,5…4,5 V Signal Output Limitation 3,2…22,3 mA -1,2…11,2 V -0,6…5,6 V 0,1…4,9 V Supply 8…32 VDC 13…32 VDC 8…32 VDC 8…32 VDC Load Resistance < (U-8 V) / 0,025 A > 5 kΩ > 5 kΩ > 5 kΩ Limit Frequency 2 kHz 2 kHz 2 kHz 2 kHz Power Consumption max. 5 mA max. 5 mA max. 4 mA

Electrical Connection - Water: Reference cable PE sheath ø 5,8 Absolute cable Polyolefin (PE-based) ø 5,8 - Fuel: Reference cable TPE-E ø 6,1 Absolute cable TPE-E ø 4,7 - Cable length: 5 m Standard

Response Time (Supply ON) (0…99%) < 5 ms Isolation > 10 MΩ@300 V EMC EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-3 / EN 61326-2-3 Current Surge Rating 50 A @ 8/20 µs (wire to wire) / 200 A @ 8/20 µs (OUT/GND to housing) Dead Volume Change < 0,1 mm3 Material in Media Contact - Stainless Steel AISI 316L (DIN 1.4404/1.4435) - Viton® seals - Protection Cap of POM (polyoxymethylene) - Cable sheath

Protection Class IP68

Options Temperature Range Other compensated temperature ranges on request. Maximum range: -40…100 °C Pressure Ranges Intermediate ranges on request Pressure Connection Others on request (e.g. G1/4� or NPT thread) Electrical Connection Others on request (e.g. cable PTFE) Extended lightning protection (2-wire) 10’000 A @ 8/20 µs (wire to wire / wire to housing) / Isolation > 10 MΩ @ 200 V Intrinsic Safety (ATEX) See also data sheet 23 SY Ei / 25 Y Ei / 26 Y Ei

Specifically designed for extended service in sewage lift station environments, the 36XKY by KELLER features a relatively wide sensing diaphragm yet small overall size. The 36 XKY incorporates a monolithic diaphragm formed from Kynar®, which combines the non-stick quality of Teflon with superior toughness and abrasion resistance that simplify installation and eliminate the need for bulky and expensive protective cages.

The 36XKY utilizes proven piezoresistive silicon measurement technology combined with Kel- ler’s state-of-the-art, microprocessor-based signal conditioning circuitry to provide outstanding accuracy and reliability over a wide compensated temperature range. It is perfectly suited for pump control applications that require standard 2-wire (4…20 mA current loop) or 3-wire (0…10 V) output transmitters. The RS485 interface allows users to scale the analog output to any desired range within the standard pressure range. The 36 XKY is typically suspended into the liquid by a standard Hytrel®-jacketed cable that is both self-supporting and vented. Optional: Keller’s enhanced lightning protection makes this trans-mitter ideal for installation in areas prone to chronic damage due to transients caused by lightning.

Using the Keller CCS30 software and appropriate adapter cable, the user can scale the analog output of the 36 XKY, display and record pressure and temperature readings, and access a variety of other available functions. All of the available functions are defined in the Series 30 Communications Protocol. The CCS30 and Series 30 Communications Protocol are available free of charge from the company website.

Product Benefits: - Non-fouling diaphragm design - Housing resist chemical attack (AISI 316L) - Digital interface RS485 - Rangeable analog output - Mathematically compensated - Increased reliability in lightning-prone regions

19,5 mm Electrical Connections

Output Function Wire Color 60 °C ø 25 ø 32 4…20 mA OUT/GND White 2-wire +Vcc Black 0…10 V GND White

3-wire OUT Red +Vcc Black Digital RS485A Blue RS485B Yellow

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 03/2012 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Specifications All intermidiate ranges for the analog out-

Standard Pressure Ranges (FS) and Overpressure in Bar put are realized by downscaling from the next higher standard range. The accuracy is calculated PR-36 XKY 1 3 10 from the standard range. Ranges below 1 bar are realized with the 1 bar range. Accuracy for these Overpressure 2 5 20 ranges is +/- 5 mbar (0 .. 50 °C).

Analog 2-wire RS485 only Analog 3-wire

Output 4…20 mA RS485 0…5 V / 0…10 V 0…2,5 V 0,1…2,5 V

Dig. Interface RS485 1) RS485 RS485 RS485 RS485

Supply (VDC) 2) 8…28 V 6…28 V 8…28 V / 13…28 V 6…28 V 3,5…12 V

Current Consumption 3) 3,2…22 mA < 8 mA < 8 mA < 8 mA < 3 mA

Accuracy @ RT 4) +/- 0,3 %FS +/- 0,3 %FS +/- 0,3 %FS +/- 0,3 %FS +/- 0,3 %FS

Total Error Band 5) +/- 0,5 %FS +/- 0,5 %FS +/- 0,5 %FS +/- 0,5 %FS +/- 0,5 %FS 0…50 °C

1) During RS485 communication the analog signal will be influenced. 2) With lightning protection: Minimum supply voltage increase by 1 V 3) With no load on the analog output and no RS485 communication. For RS485 current consumption see details below. 4) Includes linearity (BFSL), hysteresis and repeatability 5) Includes accuracy as well as temperature coefficients of zero and span tolerance

Load Resistance (Ω) < (U–8 V) / 0,025 A (2-wire) > 5’000 Ω (3-wire) Resolution 0,002 %FS Electrical Connection Cable: Hytrel®-jacketed, integrated capillary tube (optional: Polyethylene jacket) Protection IP68 Compensated Temperature Range 0…50 °C Storage Temperature Range -10…80 °C Linearity (BFSL) +/- 0,2 %FS

Power – on time 600 ms Isolation (CASE–GND) 4…20 mA: > 10 MΩ@300 VDC 0…10 V and RS485 only: > 10 MΩ@50 V EMC EN 61326-2-3 Communication KELLER-BUS and MODBUS RTU, 9600 baud and 115200 baud

Options - Enhanced lightning protection: Protects supply (4…20 mA) and RS485 lines up to 10 kA @ 8/20 µs. Minimum supply voltage increase by 1 V. Insulation voltage is 200 V. - Different housing material

RS485 current consumption details: Without termination, the current during communication is typ. + 2 mA. Using terminated RS485 lines, the current during communication may reach up to 40 mA. Typically, termination of the RS485 lines is only needed for applications where the operating environment is noisy, or for long cable lengths which exceed 100 m.

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 03/2012 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com High-precision pressure level transmitter Series 36 Xi W (CTD) multi-parameter probe with digital interfaces

The 36 Xi W series is built on the latest-generation microcontroller platform, which KELLER has developed to meet extremely high precision requirements and increase compatibility with a wide variety of interfaces. Along with pressure (level) information, digital interfaces also transmit other water parameters such as temperature and conductivity.

RS485 Robust interface with differential gauges, for lines up to 1,4 km in length. Mod- bus RTU and proprietary KELLER bus protocol SDI-12 Standard interface for environmental monitoring, ideal for battery operation

The 36 Xi W series is based on the proven KELLER 36 X W series using the high-quality 10 L-series pressure transducer. All series X pressure level transmitters feature an RS485 interface, which provide pressure and temperature standard, while versions requiring higher accura- ty, temperature or conductivity sensor are available options. Multi-parameter probes fitted with pressure, temperature and conductivity sensors (CTD – conductivity, temperature, depth), are approximately 90 mm longer.

36 Xi W Pressure sensor: accuracy 0,02 %FS Temperature sensor: accuracy 0,5 °C or 0,1 °C 36 Xi W CTD Pressure sensor: accuracy 0,02 %FS Temperature sensor: accuracy 0,1 °C Conductivity sensor: accuracy 2,5% of the selected measuring range 4 ranges: 0,2 / 2 / 20 / 200 mS/cm Series 36 Xi W Both versions can be supplied configured for absolute pressure (measured relative to a vacuum → PAA) or relative pressure (fitted with capillary tubes for measuring relative to atmospheric pressure → PR).

Characteristics Modbus RTU • Pressure sensor: resolution 5 ppm • Mathematical compensation of nonlinearities and temperature dependencies SDI-12 • Sturdy stainless steel housing (titanium or Hastelloy also available) • Extended lightning protection fitted to the SDI-12 interface as standard • Level measuring ranges from 0…3 to 0…300 mH2O. Higher ranges are possible using a SubConn® connector • Ultra-high long-term stability Series 36 Xi W CTD

111±1 ca. 16 17,5

36 Xi W Electrical connections ø22

Function Wires +Vcc Black

±1 27 135 GND White 17,5 14 Optional: ® 36 Xi W with Subconn RS485A Blue connector RS485B Yellow ø22 optional

SDI-12 Red 36 Xi W CTD CASE Cable shield

ø22

17,5 ca. 14,5

223±1

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 04/2017 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Series 36 Xi W (CTD) Interfaces Advanced commands: • Adjusting the pressure and temperature unit • Adjustable zero point and amplification Level transmitter Power supply • Adjustable gravitational constant to increase measuring accuracy • Programming a user-specific ID +VCC +VCC • Configurable continuous measurement with adjustable measuring GND GND interval and communication of up to eight pressure waves RS485A • Switching to RS485 RS485B SDI-12 RS485 data capture A detailed description of SDI-12 communication can be found on the KELLER website. RS485A RS485B Sensor system Level transmitter GND

Pressure measurements +VCC SDI-12 data capture GND The pressure level transmitters are calibrated with pressure in bar. The SDI-12 measuring and testing equipment used has been calibrated to national RS485A GND RS485B standards. SDI-12 The RS485 interface always displays pressure in bar. In SDI-12 mode, it is possible to select the unit in which the pressure value is transmitted. The pressure can be read off as a level (water depth) based on the RS485 following formula: Modbus RTU / KELLER bus protocol The extremely robust RS485 interface enables a bus system to be cre- p ated with up to 128 users and a total line length of up to 1,4 km. The h = f baud rate of the half-duplex interface can be switched between 9600 ρ g and 115’200. The proprietary KELLER bus protocol and the Modbus RTU protocol are already implemented, allowing the measured values to be read off and configuration and calibration to be performed. The p Pressure (measured value) 3 free CCS30 software for PC can be used for this. ρ Water density at 3,98 °C (constant of 1000 kg/m ) g Gravitational acceleration (can be configured; default: 9,80665 m/s2) Measuring channel assignment (up to 4 channels): f Factor used in conversion to unit of height (underlying table) P1 Pressure Depending on the design of the pressure level transmitter, pressure TOB1 Temperature (silicon sensor) can be recorded relative to a vacuum (PAA models) or to ambient pres- T Temperature (Pt1000) sure (PR models). Con Conductivity A detailed description of RS485 communication can be found on the Temperature measurements KELLER website. Two different temperature sensors are available with varying degrees of calibration and accuracy. End-of-line calibration is performed on SDI-12 Pt1000 sensors in a water bath. The temperature information (TOB) As well as the standard RS485 interface, which provides access to from the silicon sensor is always available and is also used for tem- all configuration registers, the pressure level transmitter can also be perature compensation in the pressure sensor, with which it forms ordered with an SDI-12 interface. Only one interface will be active at a single unit. The Pt1000 sensor in the conductivity module is posi- any one time. Corresponding commands are used to switch between tioned between the electrodes to provide as accurate a medium tem- interfaces (default setting on delivery: SDI-12). perature as possible, which is then used for temperature compensation SDI-12 is a tried-and-tested standard for connecting data loggers and of the conductivity. digital sensors in environmental monitoring applications. The SDI- 12 interface has been optimised for use in battery-operated systems Conductivity measurements that employ a data logger and multiple sensors on the same bus. The Conductivity measurements are used in the monitoring of bodies of interface is underpinned by a standardised, ASCII-based bus protocol. water (environment). Thanks to four-wire technology, the conducti- In SDI-12 mode, the pressure level transmitter is only active when it vity probe is not influenced by polarisation effects or dirt. Methods for is being actuated by the data logger or logging a measurement. At temperature compensation of the conductivity output*: all other times, the transmitter is in standby mode, requiring very little • Normalization to 25 °C or to 20 °C through linear compensation in the current (< 0,1 mA). range of 0 to 8%/K according to DIN/EN27888. Standard commands: • or normalization to 25 °C through non-linear table • Reading off measurements with and without checksum The Conductivity is calibrated via the RS485 interface using the soft- • Changing the sensor address ware “ConductivityCalibration Tool”. • Reading off ID The conductivity probe is only switched on in SDI-12 mode when a conductivity measurement is requested. In RS485 mode, the conductivity probe can be switched on and off to save energy.

* Default configuration is linear compensation with 2,2%/K normalized to 25°C. Other customised factory setting possible upon demand. Customer can enter new alternative settings any time via software.

Page 2 of 3 Series 36 Xi W (CTD) Specifications

Pressure Electrical data RS485 SDI-12 Standard ranges in bar 1) Supply voltage 3,2…32 VDC 6…32 VDC PR (relative pressure) 0,3 1 3 10 30 2) ‧ with extended 4,5…32 VDC PAA (absolute pressure) 0,8…2,3 0,8…4 0,8…11 0,8…31 2) lightning protection Water column in metres ca. 3 10 30 100 300 5) Power consumption < 0,1 mA (sleep) 7) Overload resistance max. 300% ‧ without conductivity < 6 mA (active) < 5,5 mA (active) ‧ with conductivity < 14 mA (active) 7) < 13 mA (active) Technology oil-filled, insulated, piezoresistive pressure transducer in a metallic casing Start-up time P1, TOB1 < 300 ms < 1 s P1, T, Con 3 s typ., 6 s max. < 3 s Resolution typ. 5 ppm (corresponds to 0,0005 %FS) Insulation GND-CASE > 10 MΩ @ 300 V Accuracy 3) 5) ± 0,02 %FS max. (0,3 bar Range: ± 0,04 %FS) Endurance > 10 mio. pressure cycles 0…100 %FS @ 25 °C Comp. temp. range 0…50 °C Storage temperature -20…+80 °C Total error band 4) 5) ± 0,1 %FS max. (0,3 bar Range: ± 0,2 %FS) Digital interface RS485 SDI-12 Operating temperature 5) -20…80 °C Communication Modbus RTU SDI-12 V1.3 Int. measuring rate 120, 240 (default), 480 Hz protocol KELLER bus (adjustable) Baud rate 9600*, 115’200 bit/s 1200 bit/s Long-term stability ranges > 1 bar: ± 0,1 %FS max. ranges ≤ 1 bar: ± 1 mbar max. Identification Class. Group: 5.21 Degree of dependency ± 1,5 mbar max. Units of pressure bar bar*, mbar, mH2O, on location psi, ftWC, inWC Units of temperature °C °C*, °F, K Temperature Unit of conductivity mS/cm mS/cm Measuring range -10…80 °C Technology silicon (pressure measuring bridge, TOB6)) Mechanical data optional Pt1000 Dimensions ø 22 mm, length see drawing Resolution < 0,01 °C Weight ca. 170 g excl. cable (CTD ca. 300 g) Accuracy silicon sensor: typ. ± 0,3 °C Pt1000 sensor: ± 0,1 °C max. Housing material stainless steel 316L (DIN 1.4435 / 1.4404) Int. measurement rate 12 Hz TOB only 6) 6 Hz Pt1000 without conductivity Cable material PR: polyethylen (PE) 1 Hz Pt1000 with conductivity PAA: polyolefin (PE based) Other materials in con- seals: Viton®, protective cap: POM Conductivity tact with media conductivity (additional): platinum, PEEK Measuring range 0 µS/cm…200 mS/cm Ranges selectable 0,2 / 2* / 20 / 200* mS/cm Standards and protection using software EMC compliance EN 61000-6-2: 2005 Technology 6 platinum electrodes, 4-wire technology EN 61000-6-3: 2007 Comp. temp. range -10…+60 °C EN 61326-2-3: 2006 Resolution < 0,05% of the selected range Reverse polarity and ± 32 VDC power supply and RS485 overvoltage protection ± 24 VDC SDI-12 Accuracy < 2,5% of the selected range Standard lightning Line-Line: 50 A @ 8/20 µs Int. measurement rate 1 Hz protection in accordan- Line-CASE: 200 A @ 8/20 µs Options ce with EN 61000-4-5 • Housing options: Hastelloy and titanium Extended lightning prot. Line-Line: 10 kA @ 8/20 µs • Process connection with thread (standard at SDI-12) Line-CASE: 2 kA @ 8/20 µs • Other cable materials (e.g. FEP) available on request Degree of protection IP68 1) Pressure range buffer: pressures can be measured at up to 10% outside the pressure 5) Outside the compensated temperature range up to the limits of the operating temperature range either way, in which case “+Inf” or “-Inf”, as appropriate, will be displayed. range, the deviation will be up to twice the value displayed. 2) Subconn® connectors increase the pressure range to above 30 bar 6) Temperature information for the pressure sensor (TOB: top of bridge)

Pressure ranges > 10 bar are only possible without a conductivity sensor. 7) Power consumption without communication. During the response time (9 ms @ 9600 3) Linearity (best straight line), hysteresis and repeatability. Baud, 1 ms @ 115’200 Baud), an extra 1…40 mA depending on the line termination. 4) Accuracy and temperature error within the compensated temperature range. * Default setting, other defaults on demand. Customer can enter new alternative settings any time via software.

Page 3 of 3 Programmable Level Pressure Transmitter Series 36 X S (stretto line) digitally compensated / rangeable / digital and analog output

This pressure transmitter is designed for level measurement in narrow downhole applications where highest accuracy is required.

Product Benefits: - Only16 mm diameter - Mathematically compensated - Programmable, assisting inventory reduction - Filtering function 2 ms...30 sec - Improved surge protection - Bus-system capabilty (up to 128 transmitters)

36 X S level transmitter is available in two different versions:

• PAA-36 X S Absolute Pressure, Zero at Vacuum This probe is applied when the atmospheric pressure is measured by a separate barometer and when the water level is calculated as the difference between the absolute value and the ambient pressure. Venting of the electrical cable to atmosphere does not have to be considered for these installations.

• PR-36 X S Relative Pressure, Zero at ambient Pressure This probe is fitted with a durable cable with an integral vent tube to the atmosphere. Toprevent the formation of internal condensation caused by installations in cold water on warm, humid days, it is important to ensure only dry air enters the transmitter enclosure via the vent tube. If the vent tube is not terminated in a warm, dry enclosure, KELLER recommends and can supply a purpose built cartridge filled with a silica gel which is fitted at the end of the reference tube.

Programming With the KELLER software READ30 and PROG 30, a RS485 converter (i.e. K-102, K-104 or K-107 from KELLER) and a PC (Laptop), the pressure can be displayed, the units changed, and new gain or zero set. The analog output can be set to any range within the compensated range.

Electrical Connections

123 ±1

14.9 ±1

Output Function Wire Color 4…20 mA / RS485 OUT/GND white 16 Ø +Vcc black

18.5 Digital RS485A blue

Diaphragm RS485B yellow position mark

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Version 03/2012 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Änderungen vorbehalten +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Unternehmen zertifiziert nach ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Specifications

Standard Pressure Range FS and Overpressure in Bar Note: The ranges 100, 200 or 500 mbar are realized with the 1 bar range. Accuracy for PR-36 X S 1 3 10 these ranges is +2 mbar (0...50°C)

PAA-36 X S 0,8…3 0,8…10 All intermediate ranges for the analog output are Overpressure 3 5 20 realizable with no surcharge by spreading the standard ranges. The Errorband rises propor-ti- PAA: Absolute. Zero at vacuum PR: Vented Gauge. Zero at atmospheric pressure onally.

Output 4...20 mA / RS485 Supply (U) 10...30 Vcc

Compensated Temperature Range 0…50 °C Polynomial Compensation Error Band * 0,2 %FS (within compensated temperature range)

Linearity (best straight line) 0,025 %FS This uses a mathematical model to derive the precise pressure value (P) from the signals True Output Rate 200 Hz measured by the pressure sensor (S) and the Resolution 0,002 %FS temperature sensor (T). The microprocessor in Long Term Stability typ. Range < 1 bar: 2 mbar the transmitter calculates P using the following polynomial: Range > 1 bar: 0,2 %FS

* Linearity + Hysteresis + Repeatability + Temp. Coeff. + Zero + Span Tolerance P(S,T) = A(T).S0 + B(T).S1 + C(T).S2 + D(T).S3

Load Resistance (Ω) < (U-10V) / 0,02A (2 wire) With the following coefficients A(T)…D(T) depen- Electrical Connection Cable: PR-Version: Ø 5,8 mm, PE, vented ding on the temperature: PAA-Version: Ø 4,7 mm, PUR, double-coated . 0 . 1 . 2 . 3 Insulation > 100 MΩ / 500 V A(T) = A0 T + A1 T + A2 T + A3 T . 0 . 1 . 2 . 3 B(T) = B0 T + B1 T + B2 T + B3 T Storage- / Operating Temperature Range -20…80 °C . 0 . 1 . 2 . 3 C(T) = C0 T + C1 T + C2 T + C3 T Vibration Endurance, IEC 68-2-6 20 g (5...2000 Hz, max. amplitude ± 3 mm) . 0 . 1 . 2 . 3 D(T) = D0 T + D1 T + D2 T + D3 T Shock Endurance 20 g (11 ms)

Protection IP68 The transmitter is factory-tested at various le- CE-Conformity EN 61000-6-1 to -6-4 vels of pressure and temperature. The corre- Surge Supply and RS485 200A @ 8/20 µs spon-ding measured values of S, together with the exact pressure and temperature values, GND/CASE 2’000A @ 8/20 µs allow the coefficients A0...D3 to be calculated. Material in Contact with Media Stainless Steel AISI 316L / Viton® / PE These are written into the EEPROM of the micro- Weight (without cable) ≈ 200 g processor.

Note: - Disturbance of the 4...20 mA signal can occur during communication through RS485

Options: - Special calculations with pressure and temperature - Different housing-material, oil filling or pressure thread

Accessories Series 30 Each Series 30 transmitter also integrates a digital interface (RS485 halfduplex) which the user can make use of. The transmitter is being connected via a converter RS232-RS485 (i.e. K-102, K-104 or K-107) to a PC or Laptop. Two programs are offered: PROG30: Instrument Settings READ30: Data collection with graphs Software READ30 • Call up of information (pressure- and tempe- • Fast read-out and viewing of the pressure rature range, version of software etc.) signals in a graph • Indication of actual pressure value • Documentation of dynamic measurements • Selection of the units • Up to 16 transmitters on one serial connec- • Setting of a new zero and gain for the tion (Bus-operation) transmitter • Reprogramming of the analog output (i.e. different unit, other pressure range) • Setting of the instrument address (for Bus-operation) • Low-Pass Filter adjusting possibility

You can also tie up the transmitters into your own software. You have then a documentation,a DLL and numerous examples at your disposal.

These pressure transmitters are designed for level measurements where the highest accuracy is required.

Digital Output of Transmitter This Series is based on the stable, piezoresisitive transducer and a micro-processor electronics with integrated 16 bit A/D converter. Temperature dependencies and non-linearities of the sensor are mathematically compensated. With the READ30 software and the KELLER cable K-107, the calculated pressure can be displayed on a Palmtop, Laptop or PC. The READ30 software also allows the recording of pressure signals and the graphic display on the PC. Up to 128 transmitters can be hooked together to a Bus-system.

Programming With the KELLER software READ30 and PROG30, a RS485 converter (i.e. K-102, K-104 or K-107 from KELLER) and a PC (Laptop), the pressure can be displayed, the units changed, a new gain or zero set. The analog output can be set to any range within the compensated range.

The level transmitters are available in two different versions:

• PAA-36 X W Absolute Pressure, Zero at Vacuum This probe is applied when the atmospheric pressure is measured by a separate barometer and when the water level is calculated as the difference between the absolute value and the ambient pressure.

• PR-36 X W Relative Pressure, Zero at ambient Pressure This probe is fitted with durable cable with an integral vent tube to the atmosphere. These level transmitters can be subject to internal condensation caused by installations in cold water on warm, humid days. If the reference tube is not terminated in a warm, dry enclosure, KELLER recommends the use of a purpose built cartridge filled with a silica gel which is fitted at the end of the reference tube.

Electrical Connections

Output Function Wire Color 146 mm ⊕ 4…20 mA OUT/GND White

⊕ 121 mm 2-wire +Vcc Black 0…10 V GND White Mark of diaphragm position 3-wire OUT Red +Vcc Black

ø 22 Program- RS485A Blue ming RS485B Yellow

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 03/2008 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Specifications

Standard Pressure Ranges (FS) and Overpressure in Bar Note: The ranges 100, 200 or 500 mbar are realized with the 1 bar transmitter. Accuracy PR-36 X W 1 3 10 30 for these ranges is ± 1 mbar (0…50 °C) PAA-36 X W 1 3 10 30 All intermediate ranges for the analog output are Overpressure 3 5 20 60 realizable with no surcharge by spreading the standard ranges. Option: Adjustment directly to intermediate ranges (digital) (analog) (analog) against surcharge. Output RS 485 4…20 mA (2-wire) 0…10 V (3-wire) Supply (U) 8…28 Vcc 8…28 Vcc 13…28 Vcc 1) Polynomial Compensation Accuracy, Error Band (0...50 °C) 0,1 %FS 0,15 %FS 0,15 %FS

1) Linearity + Hysteresis + Repeatability + Temp. Coeff. + Zero + Span Tolerance This uses a mathematical model to derive the precise pressure value (P) from the signals

measured by the pressure sensor (S) and the Linearity (best straight line) 0,025 %FS temperature sensor (T). The microprocessor in True Output Rate 100 Hz the transmitter calculates P using the following Resolution 0,002 %FS polynomial: Long Term Stability typ. Range ≤ 1 bar: 1 mbar P(S,T) = A(T)xS0 + B(T)xS1 + C(T)xS2 + D(T)xS3 Range > 1 bar: 0,1 %FS With the following coefficients A(T)…D(T) depen Load Resistance (Ω) < (U - 7 V) / 0,02 A (2-wire) > 5’000 (3-wire) ding on the temperature: Electrical Connection Cable: Polyethylene (PE), vented

x 0 x 1 x 2 x 3 Insulation > 100 MΩ / 50 V A(T) = A0 T + A1 T + A2 T + A3 T x 0 x 1 x 2 x 3 Storage-/Operating Temperature Range -20…80 °C B(T) = B0 T + B1 T + B2 T + B3 T x 0 x 1 x 2 x 3 C(T) = C0 T + C1 T + C2 T + C3 T

Pressure Endurance 10 Million Pressure Cycles 0…100 %FS at 25 °C x 0 x 1 x 2 x 3 D(T) = D0 T + D1 T + D2 T + D3 T Vibration Endurance, IEC 68-2-6 20 g (5...2000 Hz, max. amplitude ± 3 mm) Shock Endurance 20 g (11 ms) The transmitter is factory-tested at various levels Protection IP 68 of pressure and temperature. The corresponding CE-Conformity EN 61000-6-1 to -6-4 measured values of S, together with the exact pressure and temperature values, allow the Material in Contact with Media Stainless Steel 316L (DIN 1.4435) / Viton® / PE coefficients A0...D3 to be calculated. These are Weight (without cable) ≈ 200 g written into the EEPROM of the microprocessor. Dead Volume Change < 0,1 mm3 When the pressure transmitter is in service, the Remark: - RS485 pins (for digital output and for programming) is available on all types. microprocessor measures the signals (S) and (T), calculates the coefficients according to the Options: - Switch output, programmable via interface temperature and produces the exact pressure - Special calculations with pressure and temperature value by solving the P(S,T) equation.

– Different housing-material, oil filling or pressure thread Calculations and conversions are performed at least 400 times per second.

ACCESSORIES SERIES 30 Each Series 30 transmitter also integrates a digital interface (RS485 halfduplex) which you can make use of: Connect the transmitter to a PC or Laptop via a converter RS232-RS485 (i.e. K-102, K-104 or K-107). Two programs are offered:

PROG30: Instrument Settings READ30: Data collection with graphs Software PROG30 • Call up of information (pressure- and tem- • Fast read-out and viewing of the perature range, version of software etc.) pressure signals in a graph • Indication of actual pressure value • Documentation of dynamic measurements • Selection of the units • Up to 16 transmitters on one serial • Setting of a new zero and gain for the transmitter connection (Bus-operation) • Reprogramming of the analog output (i.e. different unit, other pressure range) • Setting of the instrument address (for Bus-operation) • Programming of the switch output • Changing the output rate

You can also tie up the transmitters into your own software. You have then a documentation, a DLL and numerous examples at your disposal.

The DCX-16 is an autonomous, battery-powered data collector in a stainless steel housing with a very small diameter of only 16 mm. The housing and the pressure sensor element are completely welded in, so sealing rings are eliminated at this point. In applications where a small probe diameter is an advantage, the logger can record the water level (pressure) and the tempe-rature over long periods. As well as the battery compartment with its double seal, the small-diameter (16 mm) submersible sensor includes electronic circuitry featuring the latest microprocessor technology. It records the pressure and temperature of the medium with high measurement accuracy and resolu-tion, and it uses a mathematical model to correct any linearity or temperature errors made by the pressure sensor. High data reliability is guaranteed thanks to the use of a nonvolatile data memory. The various configuration options allow the data logger to be adapted to the measuring point so that only specified events will be detected and stored. Event-controlled recording and log-interval recording can be set independently of one another. In addition, installation data and comments on the measuring point can be stored in the logger. Installation is fast and simple with fixing disks of various sizes which can be fitted as options: these match locking units (caps) from different manufacturers for levels of 1” or more (2” or more with light plummet aperture), so measuring points can be implemented at a fraction of the previous cost. Three versions of the Version DCX-16 data collector are available: DCX-16 The sensor, electronics and battery are accommodated in one housing. To extract data, the data collector must be removed from the measuring point, and the watertight screw cap that allows access to the read-out plug/interface must be unscrewed. The DCX-16 operates with an absolute pressure sensor. In shallow water, when the influence of air pressure fluctuations has to be taken into account, a second logger (barometric logger, obtainable separately) positioned on the surface of the water must be used to record the air pressure progression. The com-puter software then calculates the differential pressure or the water level by subtracting the two measured data. DCX-16 SG/VG Instead of a watertight screwed closure, these versions have a cable output. The interface plug is fixed on the sounding tube above the surface of the water with the help of a screw-on fixing disk. This means that there is no need to remove the DCX-16 SG/VG from the sounding tube in order to read the data. In the VG version (reference pressure measurement), the reference pressure-compensating capillary is routed in the same cable into the read-out plug housing; this also contains the reference aperture (protected by a Gore-Tex® diaphragm) which produces the pressure equalization. Version DCX-16 VG

DCX-16 SG/VG DCX-16

82 ±1

PE cable reference Ø 5,8 / 5-pole M20x1,5

Venting Holes Thread for screw-on for VG-Version fixing disks

ca. 208 mm 27 mm

ø 16 mm Ø16

192,5 ±1 Screw cap/ Electronics- resp. Mark of the diaphragm Mark of the diaphragm interface plug battery housing position on the level sensor position on the level sensor

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 08/2013 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Specifications

Pressure Ranges 10 mWC 20 mWC 50 mWC 100 mWC DCX-16 PAA 0,8…2 0,8…3 0,8…6 0,8…11 bar abs. DCX-16 SG PAA 0,8…2 0,8…3 0,8…6 0,8…11 bar abs. DCX-16 VG PR 1 2 5 10 bar Overpressure 2 x Pressure Range System length* 10 m 20 m 50 m 100 m PAA: Absolute. Zero at vacuum PR: Vented Gauge. Zero at atmospheric pressure (other ranges on request) *The system length can be selected (optional); for lengths of 100 m or more, use an anchor clamp. Tolerance for system length: ≤ 10 m: ± 2 cm; > 10 m: ± 1% of system length

Supply Lithium battery 3,6 V (Type AAA) Temperature Measurement Accuracy typ. ± 1 °C Battery Life * 4 years @ 1 measurement/hour Shortest Measuring Range 1x per second Output RS 485 digital Memory 2 MBit: 57’000 measuring values @ ≤ Electrical Connection Fischer DEE 103A054 storage interval 15 s, otherwise 28’000 measuring values (always with attributed time) Pressure Sensor Specifications Material Stainless steel AISI 316L Comp. Temperature Range -10…40 °C O-Ring: Viton® Accuracy typ. 0,05 %FS Cable PE cable Error Band *** (-10…40 °C) 0,1 %FS Probe Weight ≈ 150 g (without cable) Resolution max. 0,0025 %FS Options Other pressure connections, larger Long Term Stability typ. 1 mbar data memory, different accuracy, other Temperature Compensation -10…40 °C (others on request) material: e.g. Hastelloy or Titanium

* exterior influences could reduce battery life ** Linearity + Temperature Error *** Includes Linearity + Repeatability + Hysteresis

LOGGER 5 The Logger 5 software makes it possible to configure and read autonomous KELLER data loggers. This software assists users during measurements in the field, with processing the data and also with forwarding it to partners or end customers.

Measurement data can be displayed in graphic form, exported, compensated for air pressure or converted into different units. The online function displays the current device values.

The software is included in the scope of delivery for the interface converter cables, or it can be downloaded free of charge at www.keller-druck.com.

• Supports Windows operating systems

Overview of functions: Logger 5 - Pressure and temperature channels, selectable - Adjustable measurement interval (1s…99 days) - Averaging with selectable number of measurements - Recording modes: • continuous interval measurement • event-controlled recording: · recording starts when value is exceeded · recording starts when value is undercut · recording starts when value changes → combination of continuous and event-controlled recording is possible - Adjustment of pressure zero point - Start measurements immediately or at a set time - Data storage: linear or ring-type memory - Battery status display - Online display of measuring channels - Management of notifications and images for stations

Processing and forwarding measurement data - Graphic display of measurement data - Simple export of measurement data and graphics (supports Microsoft Office and these file formats: CSV-1, CSV-2, XML, Hydras, TNO, Wiski, BNA) - Generation of measurement reports - Station information stored in SQ Lite database

The DCX-18 ECO is an autonomous, rechargeable battery powered instrument. It features a stainless steel 18 mm in diameter housing designed to record pressure (water depth) and temperature over long periods at a very economical price. Its small size, rechargeable battery, fully welded housing and the relative sensor option are just a few of the many advantages provided by the DCX-18 ECO.

The electronics employ the latest microprocessor technology which give high accuracy and resolution for the pressure and temperature signals. The measured values are mathematically compensated for all linearity and temperature errors of the pressure sensor. The use of a non-volatile memory for data storage ensures high data security.

DCX- 18 ECO DCX-18 ECO The sensor, electronics and the rechargeable battery are housed in a fully welded stainless steel tube for submersible deployment. For data read-out, the DCX-18 ECO must be recovered from the measurement point. The end cap, sealed by two O-Rings, must then be removed to access the serial interface. The DCX-18 ECO works with an absolute pressure sensor. In shallow water depths where the influence of barometric pressure changes should be considered, it is recommended thata second data logger (Baro) is placed at the surface, to record the barometric pressure. The PC then calculates the differential pressure resp. the water depth by subtracting the two measured values.

DCX-18 ECO with cable (DCX-18 ECO SG or DCX-18 ECO VG) An optional cable is available for the DCX-18 ECO, enabling data retrieval or configuration and charging the battery without removing the data logger. For relative measuring devices, the cable incorporates a capillary tube which enables venting the relative sensor.

Rechargeable Battery: The DCX-18 ECO is charged over the USB connection with the K-104M converter connected to PC. For fast charging, connect the power supply unit or the car charging adapter to the converter. DCX- 18 ECO with cable The charge status is displayed in the logger software.

202 mm

1 Supply USB (+5 V, 100 mA) 2 RS485A

3 GND 4 RS485B

5 Supply EXT (+5 V, 700 mA) ø 18 mm

ca. 210 mm ø 18 mm

Pressure Ranges PAA 10 mWC (0,8…2 bar) 20 mWC (0,8…3 bar) 50 mWC (0,8…6 bar) 100 mWC (0,8…11 bar) PR 10 mWC (0…1 bar) 20 mWC (0…2 bar) 50 mWC (0…5 bar) 100 mWC (0…10 bar) Overpressure 2 x Pressure Range PAA: Absolute. Zero at vacuum PR: Vented Gauge. Zero at atmospheric pressure

Supply Rechargeable battery Long Term Stability typ. Range ≤ 2 bar: 2 mbar (0,02 mWC) Battery Running Time * ~3 years @ 1 measurement/hour Range > 2 bar: 0,2 %FS Charging time *** ~7 h normal charge (USB) Temperature Measurement Accuracy typ. ±1 °C ~1 h fast charge (AC/DC or car adapter) Shortest Measuring Interval 1 per second Output Interface RS 485 Memory 57’000 measuring values @ storage Electrical Connection M12 / 5-pole interval ≤ 15 s, otherwise 28’000 measuring Cable Option (SG/VG) Fixed lengths: 10, 20, 50, 100 m values (always with attributed time) Material Stainless steel AISI 316L Accuracy **** typ. 0,1 %FS O-Ring: Viton® Comp. Temperature Range -10…40 °C Protective Cap: Delrin® Error Band ** (-10…40 °C) max. 0,2 %FS Probe Weight ≈ 150 g (without cable) Resolution max. 0,0025 %FS Options Other material: e.g. Hastelloy or Titanium

* external influences could reduce battery capacity ** Accuracy + Temperature Error *** The rechargeable battery should preferably be charged without an extension cable. It is possible to use an extension cable of up to 10 m in length for fast charging, or a cable of up to 30 m for normal charging. **** Includes Linearity + Repeatability + Hysteresis

Measurement data can be displayed in graphic form, exported, compensated for air pressure or converted into different units. The online function displays the current device values.

The software is included in the scope of delivery for the interface converter cables, or it can be downloaded free of charge at www.keller-druck.com.

• Supports Windows operating systems

The data collector DCX-22 AA measures and records ground water levels using KELLER’s two sensor AA-technology (absolute-absolute). The submersible depth sensor measures the water level. Barometric pressure variations are measured and compensated with the built-in waterproof air pressure sensor which is mounted in the electronics housing at the top of the borehole. There are no ventilation tubes; this means the DCX-22AA data logger is very rugged and suitable for reliable applications in humid and wet environments. Even short periods of immersion and flooding will not cause a problem.

The electronics housing is mounted at the top of the borehole to give easy access for data downloading. The level sensor (diameter 22 mm) is connected via a sealed cable to the bottom of the electronics housing. Installation is quick and simple, using fixing devices in various sizes, suitable for cap lock units of different manufacturers and for well access points starting from 1” (caps starting at 2” include a hole to lower a dip meter). Thus enabling measuring stations to be set up at considerably lower costs compared to conventional systems.

The electronics employ the latest microprocessor technology, which give high accuracy and resolution for the pressure and temperature signals from both the depth sensor and the barometric sensor. The measured values are mathematically compensated for all linearity and temperature errors of the pressure sensors. Level Electronics The use of a non-volatile memory ensures high data security. Sensor Housing

The modular design of the DCX-22 AA offers the user the two options for collecting the data. Standard design requires the user to visit the location, connect via data-cable and download data. The optional GSM-1 unit allows the transmission of data, and instructions (re-programming) to the data-collector from / to a remote location. The data can be sent to any mobile phone as a short message (SMS).

OPTIONS GSM-1 Data transmission module (see separate datasheet GSM-1) Integrated air pressure sensor with diaphragm protection

Interface Thread for Battery Air Pressure Electronics Mark of the diaphragm position Plug Fixing Device Housing Sensor Housing on the level sensor

M20x ø 22 ø 22

15,6 216 mm 88 Cap Lock

3,1 System Length Standard: 5 m / 10 m 12 mm (others on request)

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Version 06/2015 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Änderungen vorbehalten +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Unternehmen zertifiziert nach ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Specifications

Measuring-/ Pressure Ranges 800…1800 mbar abs. for ranges up to 5 mWC (System Length: 5 m) 800…2300 mbar abs. for ranges up to 10 mWC (System Length: 10 m)

Supply Lithium-Battery 3,6 V (Type AA) Temperature Measurement Accuracy typ. ±0,5 °C Battery Life * 10 years @ 1 measurement/hour Shortest Measuring Range 1x per second Output RS 485 digital Memory 57’000 measuring values @ storage Electrical Connection Fischer DEE 103A054 interval ≤ 15 s, otherwise 28’000 measuring values (always with attributed time) Pressure Sensor Specifications (for level sensor respectively air pressure sensor) Material Stainless steel 316L (DIN 1.4435) Linearity typ. 0,02 %FS O-Ring: Viton® Comp. Temperature Range -10…40 °C Weight: Housing / Probe ≈ 335 g / ≈ 200 g (without cable) Error Band ** typ. 0,05 %FS *** max. 0,1 %FS Tolerance System Length ± 2 cm Resolution max. 0,0025 %FS Long Term Stability typ. 0,5 mbar

* exterior influences could reduce battery life ** Linearity + Temperature Error *** optional max. 0,05 %FS

Measurement data can be displayed in graphic form, exported, compensated for air pressure or converted into different units. The online function displays the current device values.

The software is included in the scope of delivery for the interface converter cables, or it can be downloaded free of charge at www.keller-druck.com.

• Supports Windows operating systems

The DCX-22 is an autonomous, battery powered instrument made of stainless steel designed to record water depth (pressure) and temperature over long periods. Two versions are offered:

DCX-22 The sensor, electronics and battery are housed in a sealed stainless steel tube, for submersible deployment. For data read-out the DCX-22 must be recovered from the measurement point. The O-ring sealed end cap is then removed to access the data port. The DCX-22 works with an absolute pressure sensor. In shallow water depths where the influence of barometric pressure changes should be considered, it is recommended that a second data collector DCX-22 (Baro) is placed at the surface, to record the barometric pressure. The PC then calculates the differential pressure resp. the water depth by subtracting the two measured values.

DCX-22 SG/VG The sensor is connected by waterproof cable to a surface mounted housing with the data read-out port. This arrangement allows for easier data recovery from fixed installations. The DCX-22 SG/VG does not have to be removed from the dip pipe for data read out. The DCX-22 SG/VG is supplied with a 2” diameter fixing plate to enable mounting at the top of the dip pipe. The sensor can be sealed gauge SG, or vented gauge VG, the cable carries the vent Version DCX-22 tube for VG version sensors, vent port in the housing is protected by a breathable Gore-Tex® membrane. The electronics employ the latest microprocessor technology, which give high accuracy and resolution for the pressure and temperature signals from both the depth sensor and the barometric sensor. The measured values are mathematically compensated for all linearity and temperature errors of the pressure sensors. The use of a non-volatile memory ensures high data security.

The modular design offers the user the two options for collecting the data. Standard design requires the user to visit the location, connect via data-cable and download data. The optional GSM-1 unit allows the transmission of data, and instructions (re-programming) to the data-collector from/to a Version DCX-22 SG remote location. The data can be sent to any mobile phone as a short message (SMS). DCX-22 VG

ca. 250 mm

ø 22

Thread M20 x 1,5 (Venting Holes Electronics- resp. Mark of the diaphragm for Fixing Device for VG-Version) battery housing position on the level sensor

Interface ø 22 ø 22 Plug ca. 50 ca. 25 ca. 230 mm

System Length

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 02/2006 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Specifications

Pressure Ranges DCX-22 Baro PAA 0,8…1,3 bar 10 mWC 20 mWC 50 mWC 100 mWC DCX-22 PAA 0,8…2 0,8…3 0,8…6 0,8…11 bar abs. DCX-22 SG PAA 0,8…2 0,8…3 0,8…6 0,8…11 bar abs. DCX-22 VG PR 1 2 5 10 bar Overpressure 2 x Pressure Range PAA: Absolute. Zero at vacuum PR: Vented Gauge. Zero at atmospheric pressure (other ranges on request)

Supply Lithium-Battery 3,6 V (Type AA) Temperature Compensation -10…40 °C (others on request) Battery Life * 10 years @ 1 measurement/hour Temperature Measurement Accuracy typ. ±0,5 °C Output RS 485 digital Shortest Measuring Range 1x per second Electrical Connection Fischer DEE 103A054 Memory 57’000 measuring values @ storage interval ≤ 15 s, otherwise 28’000 measuring Pressure Sensor Specifications values (always with attributed time) Linearity typ. 0,02 %FS Material Stainless steel 316L (DIN 1.4435) ® Comp. Temperature Range -10…40 °C O-Ring: Viton Weight: Probe ≈ 355 g (without cable) Error Band ** typ. 0,05 %FS *** max. 0,1 %FS Tolerance System Length ± 2 cm Resolution max. 0,0025 %FS Options Other pressure connections Long Term Stability typ. 0,5 mbar * exterior influences could reduce battery life ** Linearity + Temperature Error *** optional max. 0,05 %FS

LOGGER 4.x The Logger 4.x-Software is delivered along with the interface cable K103A (RS232) or K104A (USB). The software is compatible with Windows (≥ Windows 95) and allows to configure and read out our KELLER data loggers (DCX and Leo Record). The measuring values may be graphically displayed, exported, air pressure compensated or converted into other units. The Online-function shows the actual values of the instrument. The Logger includes the Reader and Writer.

Writer The Writer enables the configuration and start of the Logger. General functions: - Online display of measuring channels - Record status indication - Editing of installation data - Ring buffer or normal - Readjustment of the zero Recording parameter: - Pressure- and temperature channels selectable Start methods: - Time start - When exceeding or dropping below a certain pressure (or temperature) - Measuring interval for starting conditions selectable Recording methods: - Interval (1s…99 days) and event-controlled recording - Recording at pressure change - Turn on or turn off at pressure threshold - Averaging over selectable number of measurements - Combination of fixed interval and event recording possible

Reader The Reader allows the data to be read out into a file. The measured data, which can be converted (exported) into various format, also contains the following information: Serial number, measuring range, sensor name, installation data, read-out data, units, measuring values with date and clock time, read-out date… General functions: - Reading of the recordings’ directory with starting time and storage size in % - Read-out of the individual recordings - Graphical display of the dat - Record status indication Logger 4.x - Conversion of the data into a text file for Excel import also includes the - Miscellaneous calculations possible WindowsCE-software for PDA’s. Special calculations or an export of the data into customer specific databases are possible (only on request).

The DCX-25 PVDF is an autonomous, battery powered instrument designed to record water depth (pressure) and temperature over long periods. The housing is made of polyvinylidene fluoride and the sensing diaphragm is available in either Hastelloy C-276 or titanium 6AL-4V. This combination of wetted materials ensures compatibility with even the most aggressive media.

This data collector (Ø 25 mm) integrates a pressure sensor, electronics and battery in one housing. The electronics employ the latest microprocessor technology, which give high accuracy and resolution for the pressure and temperature signals. The built-in pressure sensor is mathematically compensated for all linearity and temperature errors. The use of a non-volatile memory ensures high data security.

The DCX-25 PVDF works with an absolute pressure sensor. For installation, the data collector is secured by a suspension cable and immersed into the media to be measured and must be recovered for data readout. In shallow water, where the influence of barometric pressure changes should be considered, it is recommended that a second data logger (e.g. DCX-22 Baro) is placed at the surface to record the barometric pressure. The Logger PC software then calculates the water depth by subtracting the two measured values. The housing of the data logger can be opened easily without any tools, thus allowing quick access to the replaceable battery and the interface connector for configuration and data download.

Interface with a PC is accomplished using one of Keller’s converter cables which are available in either RS232 connection (K103A) or USB connection (K104A). The necessary converter drivers are included with converter purchase, along with the Keller Logger software. This intuitive software provides the capability to customize the instrument, as needed, for each installation. Users can configure the DCX-25 PVDF to record at fixed time intervals, using fixed or event-based start times, in user-selectable measurement methods to ensure that only the most useful and meaningful data is collected and stored.

For applications that do not require highest compatibility with aggressive media, Keller offers the DCX-16, DCX-18, DCX-22 and the DCX-38.

DCX-25 PVDF

Protection cap Piezoresistive pressure sensor (Material: Delrin) (Material: Hastelloy or titanium)

230 mm

ø 25

Mark of the diaphragm Electronics- resp. Holder ø 7 mm position of the level sensor battery housing (Material: PVDF)

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 11/2011 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Specifications Measuring Range in Meter Water Column 10 mWC 20 mWC 50 mWC 100 mWC Pressure Ranges in bar abs. 0,8…2,3 0,8…3,0 0,8…6,0 0,8…11,0

Supply Lithium-Battery 3,6 V (Type AA) Measuring Channels Pressure / Temperature (TOB) / Battery Life * 10 years @ 1 measurement/hour Temperature PT 1000 (optional) Interface RS 485 Shortest Measuring Range 1x per second Electrical Connection Fischer DEE 103A054 Memory 57’000 measuring values @ storage interval ≤ 15 s, otherwise 28’000 measu- Pressure Sensor Specifications ring values (always with attributed time) Linearity typ. 0,02 %FS (optional: double storage 114’000 / Error Band (-10…40 °C) typ. 0,05 %FS max. 0,1 %FS 56’000) Resolution max. 0,0025 %FS Material Long Term Stability 0,1 %FS/year Electronics- / battery housing PVDF = Polyvinylidenefluoride Overpressure 2 x Pressure Range O-Rings Viton® Temperature Compensation -10…40 °C (others on request) (optional: other materials on request) Temperature Sensor Protective Cap Delrin Temperature Measurement Accuracy typ. ±0,5 °C Sensor Hastelloy C276 or titanium (optional) via pressure sensor (TOB) optional: add. PT 1000 max. ±0,3 °C Weight: Probe ≈ 200 g (without cable) * exterior influences could reduce battery life

LOGGER 4.x The Logger 4.x software is included with the purchase of an interface cable K103A (RS232) or K104A (USB) and allows users to configure and read data stored on all Keller data loggers (DCX and LEO Record). The software is compatible with Windows (≥Windows 95). The measuring values may be graphically displayed, exported in different formats, air pressure compensated or converted into other units. The Online-function shows the actual values of the instrument. The Logger 4.x includes the Reader and Writer, as well as the WindowsCE-software for PDA’s.

Writer The Writer enables the configuration and start of the Logger. General functions: - Online display of measuring channels - Record status indication - Editing of installation data - Ring buffer or normal - Readjustment of the zero Recording parameter: - Pressure- and temperature channels selectable Start methods: - Time start - When exceeding or dropping below a certain pressure (or temperature) - Measuring interval for starting conditions selectable Recording methods: - Interval (1s…99 days) - Combination of fixed interval and event recording possible - Recording at pressure change - Recording turn on or turn off at pressure threshold - Averaging over a selectable number of measurements

Reader The Reader allows the data to be read out onto the PC. The measured data, which can be converted (exported) into various format, also contains the following information: Serial number, measuring range, sensor name, installation data, read-out data, units, measuring values with date and clock time, read-out date… General functions: - Reading of the recordings’ directory with starting time and storage size in % - Read-out of the individual recordings - Graphical display of the dat - Record status indication - Conversion of the data into a text file for Excel import or conversion into other file formats - Miscellaneous calculations possible Special calculations or an export of the data into customer specific databases are possible (only on request).

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 11/2011 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Autonomous Capacitive Data Collector DCX-38 VG for high resolution water level measurements

The DCX-38 VG is an autonomous instrument for recording water level with a high resolution and full scale ranges as low as 0,5 mWC / 50 mbar. It features a rugged, gold-plated ceramic diaphragm for outstanding long-term stability and stainless steel housing with user serviceable battery for long service life.

The internal electronics of the DCX-38 VG employ the latest microprocessor technology, resulting in high accuracy and resolution for pressure measurements. The use of non-volatile memory for data storage ensures high data security.

The DCX-38 VG is based upon a relative pressure sensor and is designed for submersible deployment. Through the use of a vented cable, correction for atmospheric pressure variations is automatic. Therefore, the expense of deploying additional instruments for monitoring barometric pressure is avoided.

The reference pressure tube, integral to the waterproof cable, is protected from moisture intrusion through the use of an optional desiccant tube connected to the adapter nozzle, located Data Port with in the data port. Desiccant Tube

The data collector can individually be adjusted to the user’s needs and offers the following advantages:

- Recording of the pressure and temperature - Simple and well structured configuration- and read-out software (Logger 4.x) for PC or PDA - Combination of event-controlled recording and interval recording prevents unnecessary data being recorded (i.e. only measuring the pressure changes) - Installation data (and comments) of the measuring station can be stored in the device

Configuration / Data Retrieval:

For data readout, the serial interface is accessed via the data port located on one end of the cable, enabling on site data retrieval. Using either the K-104A or K-103A converter cable, the DCX-38 VG connects easily to a laptop or PC via USB or serial port. Used in conjunction with Logger 4.x software, the DCX-38 VG is configured and data retrieved either in the lab or the Capacitive field. Data Collector

Pin 4: RS 485 A Pin 5: RS 485 B 155 mm M20 x 1,5

ø 19 mm 67,5 mm

240 ± 1,5 mm

ø 38 mm

ø 22 mm

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 10/2010 CH-8404 Winterthur D-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Specifications

Pressure Ranges (PR) 0...50 mbar (0…0,5 mWC) 0...100 mbar (0…1 mWC) 0…300 mbar (0…3 mWC) Overpressure 10 x Pressure Range 10 x Pressure Range 5 x Pressure Range

PR: Vented Gauge. Zero at atmospheric pressure

Supply Lithium battery / 3,6V (Type AA) Battery Life * ~10 years @ 1 measurement/hour Interface RS 485 digital Electrical Connection Fischer Plug DEE 103A054 Vented Cable Standard lengths: 5 m / 10 m (others on request) Comp. Temperature Range -10…40 °C Total Error Band ** 0,2 %FS Resolution max. 0,002 %FS Stability FS ≥ 100 mbar: ± 0,1 %FS FS ≤ 100 mbar: ± 0,1 mbar Temperature Measurement Accuracy typ. ±0,5 °C Memory 57’000 measuring values @ storage interval ≤ 15 s, otherwise 28’000 meas. values (always with attributed time) Shortest Measuring Interval 1 per second Material Diaphragm: Gold-plated Ceramic / Housing: Stainless Steel AISI 316L / O-Ring: Viton

* external influences could reduce battery capacity ** Linearity + Temperature Error within the compensated range

LOGGER 4.x

The Windows-compatible Logger 4.x-software, if needed, is delivered along with the interface cable or may be downloaded from our web site. It allows to configure and read out KELLER data loggers.

The measuring values may be graphically displayed, exported or converted into other units. The Online-function shows the actual values of the instrument.

The Logger includes the Reader and Writer.

WRITER The Writer enables the start and configuration of the device.

General functions: - Online-display of measuring channels - Status-indication - Editing of installation data - Ring buffer record storage or normal - Readjustment of the zero Recording parameter: - Pressure- and temperature channels selectable Start methods: - Time start - When exceeding or dropping below a certain pressure - Measuring interval for starting conditions selectable Logger 4.x also includes Recording methods: the Windows Mobile - Interval (1s…99 days) and event-controlled recording; for PDA’s. also combinable - Recording at pressure change - Averaging over selectable number of measurements

READER The Reader allows the data to be read out into a file and to be saved onto a PDA or PC. The data file, which can be imported by programs such as Excel, contains the following data recorder information: Serial number, measuring range, sensor name, installation data, read-out data, units, measuring values with date and clock time. General functions: Status-indication / Reading of the recordings’ directory with starting time and storage size in % / Read-out of the individual recordings / Graphical display of the data / Conversion of the data into a text file for Excel import / Miscellaneous calculations possible

Special calculations or an export of the data into customer specific databases are possible (only on request).

GSM-2 is a combination of an autonomous data logger and a remote data transmission unit in one device. When linked to a pressure transmitter or water level sensor, GSM-2 can autono- mously collect up-to-date measurement values for pressure and temperature (and optionally for conductivity as well) and then transmit this data via SMS, e-mail or FTP using the GSM wireless network (GPRS connection).

The GSM-2 remote data transmission unit is normally used in hydrology and hydrogeology applications as a means of recording water levels. It is also used by construction companies for pressure measurements. The remote data transmission unit is offered in various housings that accommodate different installation requirements in the locations where it is to be used. With its wide range of water level sensors and pressure transmitters, KELLER is able to offer the right solution for virtually any measuring situation.

The transmitted measurement data is received via the free GSM Datamanager software system, which also processes, stores and displays the readings. The transmitted data is received via the free GSM Datamanager software system which also processes, stores and displays the readings, and allows for remote configuration from the user’s workstation.

GSM-2 stands out through the following attributes: • High-level of data security (internal, non-volatile memory) • Low maintenance (battery operated, service life of up to 10 years) • Robust and able to withstand short periods of immersion • Adaptable (available in various housings) • Can be used in various applications (many different sensor interfaces available) • Free data management software (Datamanager) • Integrated barometer and temperature sensor

GSM-2 is available in the following housing variants:

GSM-2 For installation inside tubes ≥ 2� with one pressure transmitter or level sensor GSM-2 with level sensor GSM-2 Box For installation outside tubes with up to 5 pressure transmitters PAA-36 XW or level sensors GSM-2 Mini For installation outside tubes with one pressure transmitter or level sensor GSM-2 Storm For field measurements with up to 2 pressure transmitters or level sensors GSM-2 Ei For measuring pressure in potentially explosive gas atmospheres with a max. of one pressure transmitter or level sensor

Overview of housing variants:

GSM-2 GSM-2 Box GSM-2 Mini GSM-2 Storm GSM-2 Ei

48 x 330 mm* 200 x 100 x 80 mm* 185 x 57 x 80 mm* 249 x 300 x 119 mm* 180 x 180 x 72 mm* (ø x H) (H x W x D) (H x W x D) (H x W x D) (H x B x T)

*Dimensions excluding antenna

Field of Application Installation in 2� tubes for measuring groundwater levels (corresponding accessories available – e.g. level sealing cap) Connection 1 cable gland (cable diameter of 3,5…6,5 mm) Level Sensor Diverse level sensors, preferably with a digital RS485 interface: Series 36 XW, 36 Xi W (CTD), 46 X (measures pressure, temperature and, if necessary, conductivity) Interfaces / Measuring inputs RS 485 KELLER-BUS SDI12 for the YSI multi-parameter sensor / 2 x voltage inputs (0…2,5 VDC, 10-bit resolution) 2 x digital input (alarm input / counter input) Power Supply for Sensors 12 V / 5 V / 3,7 V Atmospheric Pressure Sensor Measurement Range: 0,8…1,2 bar abs. (integrated) Resolution: ca. 0,03 mbar Accuracy Pression (-20…50 °C): max. ± 2 mbar Long-Term Stability: 1 mbar/year Accuracy Temperature (-20…50 °C): max. ± 2 °C

Operating Temperature -20…50 °C / optional -30 °C Supply Lithium Battery type DD 3,9 V / 35 Ah GSM Band (Quad-Band) 850 / 900 / 1800 / 1900 MHz GSM Network 2,5 G / GPRS SIM Card Mini-SIM (ID-000, 25 x 15 mm) Mode of Transmission SMS, E-Mail (POP, SMTP), FTP Antenna Interface SMA Connector (female) Shortest Measuring / 1 minute Transmission Rate Database > 28’000 measuring values with time indication (2 MBit) Battery life 1) Up to 10 years with 1 measurement per hour and 1 transmission per day Configuration Interface RS 485; type of connector Fischer DEE 103A054 Housing / Seals Stainless Steel 316L (DIN 1.4435) / Viton®, Nitrile Dimensions Housing 48 x 330 mm (diameter x height) Protection IP65 / Optional IP67 Weight � 1,5 kg

1) External influences and reception quality can lower battery service life.

Specifications GSM-2 Box(remaining specifications as per GSM-2)

Field of Application Simple installation with up to five pressure transmitters or level sensors Connection 1 to 5 cable glands (cable diameter 3,5…6,5 mm)

Housing / Seals Aluminium, powder coated / Viton®, EPDM Dimensions Housing 200 x 100 x 80 mm (H x W x D) Protection IP65 / Optional IP67 Weight � 1,5 kg

Specifications GSM-2 Mini(remaining specifications as per GSM-2)

Field of Application For connection of one pressure transmitter or level sensor, housing with small dimension Connection 1 x connector either type LEMO EVP.1V.306.CLL or Binder 723 cable connector Supply Lithium Battery type D 3,9 V / 16 Ah Battery life 1) Up to 5 years with 1 measurement per hour and 1 transmission per day

Housing / Seals Aluminium, powder coated / Viton®, EPDM Dimensions Housing 185 x 57 x 80 mm (H x W x D) Protection IP65 / Optional IP67 Weight � 0,8 kg

1) External influences and reception quality can lower battery service life.

Page 2 of 3 GSM-2 Specifications GSM-2 Storm(remaining specifications as per GSM-2)

Field of Application Field measurements (high transmission rates or long battery life) with up to two pressure transmitters or level sensors Connection 1 or 2 x Fischer Series 405 connector Supply 1 or 2 Lithium Batteries type DD 3,9 V / 35 Ah

Housing / Seals Spray Cast HPX® high performance resin / Buna-N Lockable with padlock Dimensions Housing 249 x 300 x 119 mm (H x W x D) Protection IP67 Weight max. 2,2 kg

Specifications GSM-2 Ei(remaining specifications as per GSM-2)

Field of Application Potentially explosive gas atmospheres with a max. of one pressure transmitter or level sensor 1) Connection max. 1 cable input (cable diameter 3,5…6,5 mm) Level Probes – Series 33 X Ei, 35 X Ei, 36 XW Ei – Series PD-33 X Ei oder PD-39 X Ei – Series 41 X Ei, 46 X Ei

Housing / Seals Aluminium, powder coated / EPDM Dimensions Housing 180 x 180 x 72 (H x W x D) Protection IP65 / optional IP67 Weight � 3 kg

1) Depending on their designation, some pressure transmitters may be installed in potentially explosive gas atmospheres. GSM-2 Ei may only be installed outside potentially explosive gas atmosphere zones.

GSM-Datamanager Measurement data transmitted by the GSM-2 is received via the free GSM Datamanager software system, which also processes, stores and displays the readings. The software can perform a variety of functions tailored to the given water level moni-toring or pressure monitoring task. For example, it can remotely configure the measuring system from the user’s workstation, set alarms for predefined events, take continual or event-based measurements, call up data and calculate water levels. The GSM Datamanager PC software system stores measurement data in either a local database (SQLite) or in a server database (MySQL). The database also allows data to be accessed using external software, which means GSM-2 can be incorporated into existing data collection systems. The software can also be used to set up and manage recurring data export operations at selected planned intervals. The collected measurement data can be exported in diverse formats (e.g. ASCII or CSV files) and made available to GSM-2 Datamanager PC software end customers in Microsoft Excel for viewing and processing. The software only supports Windows operating systems (Windows XP and up).

Page 3 of 3 Digitale Manometers en Displays

www.keller-holland.nl Goede redenen voor digitale piëzo-resistieve manometers

✔ Hoogste klassenauwkeurigheid en herhaalbaarheid ✔ Geen afleesfout ✔ Geen materiaalmoeheid van het meetelement – ✔ Hoge afleesnauwkeurigheid Trefwoord voor lange termijn stabiliteit ✔ Selecteerbare meet eenheden ✔ Geen plastische vervorming van het meetelement – ✔ Achtergrondverlichting mogelijk Trefwoord voor overdruk ✔ Elektrische uitgang mogelijk ✔ Robuuste behuizing, Beschermingsklasse IP65…66 ✔ Temperatuuraanwijzing mogelijk ✔ Geen hercalibratie na uiterlijke beschadiging nodig ✔ Evaluatie zoals Min./Max. mogelijk ✔ Softwarematig hercalibreerbaar ✔ Opslag van meetwaarden mogelijk (datalogger) ✔ Tareerbaar met één druk op de knop ✔ Breed aanbod in drukbereiken tot 2000 bar

LEO 1 LEO 2

0,1% 0,1%

Piekdrukmeting eenvoudig en goed

ECO 2 LEO 3 0,5% 0,1%

economisch 4…20 mA uitgang

LEO 5

0,025% LEX 1 LEO Record flagship 0,025% 0,05%

hoognauwkeurig datalogger

Calibratie, testprotocollen en certificaten

Bij KELLER wordt alle drukmeet apparatuur druk en temperatuur gecalibreerd.

Het bij de levering inbegrepen calibratiecertificaat van de Lex 1 en leo 5 tonen de hoge nauwkeurigheid en de geringe fout- band over het gehele temperatuurbereik. Tevens kunnen testprotocollen worden opgesteld met de meetdata van tenminste 3 verschillende temperaturen en 4 verschillende drukken.

Diverse test- en calibratiecertificaten evenals materiaalcertifi- caten en herleidbaarheidscertificaten van onze testapparatuur zijn op aanvraag beschikbaar.

- 2 - ATEX / IECEx

De ATEX-richtlijnen zijn van toepassing in de EU en vereisen het ATEX: Europa IECEx: Mondiaal gebruik van produkten die geschikt zijn voor een explosie gevaar- lijke omgeving.

KELLER produceert intrinsiek veilige manometers met ATEX toelating. Leo Record Ei en Lex 1 Ei hebben tevens IECEx toelating.

BELANGRIJK: De intrinsiek veilige manometers mogen alleen buiten het explosiegevaarlijke bereik op een digitale interface worden aangesloten

Klantspecifieke oplossingen

Drukaanwijzing in verfspuitpistool (dV-1 module) dV-2 OEM module

Drukaanwijzing met geïntegreerde berekening van de schot dV-2 in robuuste aluminium behuizing voor paneelinbouw countdowns voor startpistolen (dV-1 module).

Miniatuur manometers dV-1 voor grote projekten dV-2 in robuuste stalen behuizing voor directe integratie in drukgietvormen.

Klantspecifieke frontfoliën en opties

De frontfoliën van KELLER manometers kunnen naar klantspecificatie ontworpen en gedrukt worden. Mogelijke opties (afhankelijk van het produkt): w Diverse eenheidsconversies en procesaansluitingen w Integratie toepassingsspecifieke berekeningen w Afwijkende drukbereiken w Procesaansluiting op achterzijde

- 3 - Digitale manometers – de verschillende modellen

RS485

Flagship Hoognauwkeurig LEO 5 LEX 1 (Ei) w Drukbereiken -1…3 / 10 / 30 bar rel. Piezoresistive druksensor 0…100 / 300 / 700 / 1000 bar; 0…4 / 11 / 31 bar abs. w Drukbereiken -1…2 / 10 / 20 bar rel.; w Nauwkeurigheidsklasse 0,025 %FS 0…100 / 200 / 400 / 700 / 1000 bar; 0…3 / 11 / 21 bar abs. Total error band (0…50 °C) 0,05 %FS w Nauwkeurigheidsklasse 0,025 %FS w Precisie van 0,01 %FS optioneel mogelijk Total error band (0…50 °C) 0,05 %FS w Precisie van 0,01 %FS optioneel mogelijk w Resolutie tot 100 μbar w USB- en bluetooth interface Capacitieve druksensor w Display met achtergrondverlichting w Drukbereiken 0…30, 100, 300 mbar rel. w Datalogger met piekwaardemeting (5 kHz samplerate) w Nauwkeurigheidsklasse 0,1 %FS w Robuuste stalen behuizing met veiligheidsglas en touch Total error band (0…50 °C) 0,2 %FS bediening w Resolutie tot 10 μbar

0,01% FS Precisie : „nauwkeurigheid“ is een absolute uitdrukking; „Precisie“ is een relatief begrip. Primaire high-class standaarden in na- tionale laboratoria hanteren een afwijking van drukreferentiebronnen van < 0,01%. In de handel verkrijgbare drukbronnen zoals gebruikt in onze faciliteiten om druktransmitters en manometers te calibreren, hebben een nauwkeurigheid van 0,025%. Onder deze nauwkeurigheid hanteert KELLER de uitdrukking „Precisie“ voor elk drukpunt kleiner dan 0,01% ten opzichte van deze commerciële standaarden. Deze druktransmitters kunnen door correctie van het nulpunt en versterking met speciale calibratiesoftware worden ingesteld naar uw eigen wensen. Een precisie van 0,01% is alleen mogelijk bij absolute uitvoeringen vanaf een drukbereik van 0..10bar.

RS485

Datalogger Hoge snelheid LEO Record (Ei) LEO 1 (Ei) w Drukbereiken -1…3 / 10 / 30 bar rel. w Drukbereiken -1…3 / 10 / 30 bar rel. 0…100 / 300 / 700 / 1000 bar; 0…4 / 11 / 31 bar abs. 0…100 / 300 / 700 / 1000 bar; 0…4 / 11 / 31 bar abs. w Hogere drukbereiken op aanvraag, w Nauwkeurigheidsklasse 0,1 %FS kleinere drukbereiken met capacitieve druksensor mogelijk Total error band (0…50 °C) 0,2 %FS w Nauwkeurigheidsklasse 0,05 %FS Total error band (0…50 °C) 0,1 %FS w Tot 28‘500 meetwaardeparen : Druk en temperatuur w Piekwaardemeting met 5 kHz samplerate w Interval of eventtrigger gestuurde dataopslag

 RS485 

Transmitter met display LEO 3   w Drukbereiken -1…3 / 10 / 30 bar rel. 0…100 / 300 / 700 / 1000 bar; 0…4 / 11 / 31 bar abs. w Nauwkeurigheidsklasse 0,05 %FS Total error band (0…50 °C) 0,1 %FS w Analoge uitgang 4…20 mA „current loop“ Voorbeelden van optionele procesaansluitingen: w Externe voeding 8…28 VDC  Conische draad  Verschildruk  Tri-Clamp aansluiting  Voorliggend membraan

- 4 - Digitale manometers – compact

Eenvoudig Economisch LEO 2 (Ei) ECO 2 / ECO 1 (Ei) w Drukbereiken 0…4 / 11 / 31 bar abs.; 0…300 / 700 bar w Drukbereiken 0…31 bar abs.; 0…300 bar w Nauwkeurigheidsklasse 0,1 %FS w Nauwkeurigheidsklasse 0,5 %FS Total error band (0…50 °C) 0,2 %FS Total error band (0…50 °C) 1 %FS

RS485

Digitale manometer voor hoogvolume klantspecifieke toe- Digitale manometer met programmeerbare schakeluitgangen passingen dV-2 dV-2 PS w Drukbereiken mogelijk tussen 0..4 en 0..700 bar w Drukbereiken -1…3 / 30 bar rel.; 0…200 / 700 bar w Mogelijke nauwkeurigheidsklassen 0…4 / 31 bar abs. Gold 0,1 %FS w Nauwkeurigheidsklasse 0,1 %FS Silver 0,2 %FS Total error band (0…50 °C) 0,2 %FS Standaard 0,5 %FS w Als open OEM-module beschikbaar w Twee schakeluitgangen: PhotoMOS-Relais 28 V / 0,4 A, w Flexibel ontwerp voor klantspecifieke procesaanslui- als interne draaischakelaar instelbaar : NPN, PNP, galva tingen nisch gescheiden schakelaar w RS485 interface voor de configuratie van · Schakelpunten · Schakelfuncties : Venster / Hysterese, Maken / Verbreken · Schakelvoeding

Toebehoren

Transportkoffer Rubberen Heuptasje Diverse Reserve batterijen beschermhoes adapters

Bluetooth USB Piekwaardemeting Datalogger ATEX RS485 RS485

- 5 - Displays

Nivo-/Tankinhoudsmeetsysteem 4…20 mA current loop display CA1 «Castello» EV-97 w LED-display: 5 digits, 14 mm digithoogte w LCD-display: 4 digits, 10 mm digithoogte w Voeding: 9 V-batterij of 8…28 VDC ext. w Voeding: uit 2 leider stroomkring, spanningslast w Ingang: RS485, I2C, 0…5 V ca. 3 V w Uitgangen: RS485, twee PhotoMOS-Relais 40 V / 0,4 A w Ingang: 4…20 mA w Uitgang: Display w Geïntegreerde inhoudsberekening voor diverse tankvormen w Instelbare schaal w Geïntegreerde barometer voor absoluut-absoluut metingen w Nulpuntverschuiving en -stijging instelbaar w Robuuste gietbehuizing met IP65 beschermingsklasse w Robuuste kunststofbehuizing met beschermingsklasse w Te combineren met bijna alle KELLER nivosensoren en IP65 druktransmitters w Diverse opties op aanvraag: 0…10 V ingang, LED- weergave etc.

Universele paneelmeter met netvoeding Universele paneelmeter EV-06 EV-94 EB w LED-display: 4 digits, 13 mm digithoogte w LED-digits: 4 digits, 10 mm digithoogte w Voeding: 230 VAC 50/60 Hz (andere op aanvraag) w Voeding: 9…28 VDC w Ingangen: 0…0,05 / 1 / 2 / 10 V; 0 / 4…20 mA w Ingangen: 0…0,05 / 1 / 2 / 10 V; 0 / 4…20 mA w Uitgangen: Transmittervoeding 24 V / 20 mA, w Uitgangen: NPN, PNP, Push-Pull twee relais 250 V / 5 A

Calibrators & Handpompen

Drukcalibrators Handpompen w LPX «Onderdruk»: -0,85…10 bar (Lucht) w K/P «onderdruk»: -0,85…25 bar (Lucht) w MPX «Middeldruk»: -0,85…25 bar (Lucht) w HTP1 «Hoge druk»: 0…700 bar w HPX «Hoge druk»: 0…200 / 400 / 700 bar (Hydrauliek olie) (Hydrauliek olie of gedestilleerd water) w P12 «Hoge druk»: 0…700 bar (Hydrauliek olie, tafelmontage) w Nauwkeurigheidsklasse 0,025 %FS w Nauwkeurigheidsklasse conform de mee bestelde mano- w Total error band (0…50 °C) 0,05 %FS meter

- 6 - Interface converters

De interfaceconverters zijn ontworpen voor communicatie tussen de drukmeter en de computer. KELLER biedt verschillende converters voor manometers, druktransmitters en dataloggers. Via de digitale interface van de meters worden niet alleen de meetwaarden zoals druk en temperatuur uitgelezen en opgeslagen, maar ook verschillende configuraties. Deze omvatten: nulpuntinstelling, geselecteerde eenheden, te definiëren speciale eenheden en filter instellingen. Alle converters bieden een half-duplex RS485-interface.

RS485 RS485

USB-RS485 Interface converter K-114 K-114 BT w Met diverse elektrische aansluitingen w Bluetooth interface en geïntegreerde oplaadbare batterij w Analoge metingen van 0…10 V of 4…20 mA mogelijk w Draadloze verbinding via Serial Port Profile (SPP) w 12 V voeding voor transmitters via USB (ext. DC mogelijk) w 12 V transmittervoeding uit de accu van de converter w Bias- en afsluitweerstanden softwarematig te activeren

RS232-RS485 interface converters zijn optioneel verkrijgbaar: w K-102 / K-103 A: compacte bouwvorm: geïntegreerd in een 9 polige Sub-D stekker (f); met klemmenstrook of Fischer stekker Serie 103 w K-107: Transmittervoeding via interne 9 V batterij of DC netvoeding w K-102: galvanisch gescheiden; 15 V DC netvoeding (meegeleverd)

Software Referentie meetsysteem

KELLER biedt licentievrije PC-software bij de betreffende Door het combineren van een digitale druksensor, een drukmeters. Een geschikte interfaceconverter zorgt voor de USB-converter en de CCS30 monitoring software is het mo- verbinding tussen de computer en het instrument. De vol- gelijk om een zeer gebruiksvriendelijk laboratoriumopstelling gende programma’s zijn geschikt voor gebruik met de mate creëren. Deze laboratoriumopstelling kan worden gebruikt nometers: als referentie meetsysteem.

Control Center Series 30 Monitoringsoftware voor het bekijken, opslaan en uitvoeren van actuele meetwaarden (voornamelijk druk en temperatuur). Er kunnen maximaal 128 apparaten met elkaar worden verbonden en beheerd op een bussysteem.

ManoConfig Configuratiesoftware voor digitale manometers (eenheidse- lectie, calibratie ...).

Logger 5 Software voor het uitlezen en configureren van dataloggers, de LEO Record en de LEO 5. De meetgegevens kunnen grafisch worden weergegeven en vervolgens worden geëx- porteerd. De online functie laat de actuele waarde van de meter zien. Een geschikte nauwkeurigheid wordt verkregen, bijvoor- Pressure Switch Console beeld met een 33 Serie X drukopnemer of LEX 1 digitale Software voor de configuratie van drukschakelaars en hun manometer. Het er bij bestelde calibratiecertificaat garan- uitgangen. deert 0,05% FS meetnauwkeurigheid of zelfs 0,01% FS meetprecisie. Gecombineerd met een minimale meetinter- Castello Setup val van 5 ms wordt het drukverloop, zowel tijdelijk als sig- Software voor de configuratie van de tankinhoudsbereke- naal-technisch, zeer nauwkeurig en met hoge resolutie geregi- ning van het Castello systeem. streerd en geanalyseerd.

- 7 - Welkom bij KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik. De Zwitserse druksensor specialist.

Het volledige produktieproces vindt plaats op de hoofdlocatie in Personeel Winterthur, van de vervaardiging van onderdelen en de calibratie 400 medewerkers van de druksensoren tot en met de controle van het eindprodukt. Alle KELLER-produkten zijn dus „Made in Switzerland“. Omzet De toepassingen van onze druksensoren zijn net zo veelzijdig als 80 miljoen CHF het gehele KELLER assortiment. Magazijn / Verzending KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik en KELLER Gesellschaft für Winterthur (CH), hoofdkantoor en produktie Druckmesstechnik mbH Jestetten zijn gecertificeerd volgensde Jestetten (D), Europees transportcentrum ISO9001-richtlijnen. Dochterondernemingen en wederverkopers wereldwijd.

KELLER Software Andere produktoverzichten

KELLER AG heeft haar eigen software afdeling. De soms zeer KELLER AG is ook toonaangevend op het gebied uitgebreide software maakt altijd deel uit van de levering van de van nivosensoren en nivodataloggers, speciaal betreffende produkten. Er zijn geen licentiekosten. voor de water- en vloeistoffenindustrie. Deze worden gepresenteerd in het overzicht “Hydrostatische drukmeting”.

KELLER speelt een sterke voortrekkersrol. OEM produkten, zoals druksensoren met elektronische compensatie en klantspecifieke oplossingen in alle uitvoeringsvormen, worden gebruikt in verschillende door onze klanten ontwikkelde systemen.

De serie PRD-33X is bijvoorbeeld ontworpen voor toepassingen die in het lagere verschildrukbereik uiterst nauwkeurig, maar ook extra bestand tegen overbelasting moeten zijn. Deze serie is geschikt voor niveaumetingen in gesloten tanksystemen en meet ook de absolute basisdruk voor de regulering van de binnendruk tot 40 bar met maximale nauwkeurigheid.

Tel. +41 (0)52 235 25 25 Tel. +31 (0)182 399 840 Fax +41 (0)52 235 25 00 Fax +31 (0)182 399 841 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com www.keller-holland.nl manonl052017 Digital Pressure Gauge dV-1 in oval housing or as oem module

Cutting-edge micro-controller technology has now made it possible to produce an extremely small and compact pressure gauge with a digital display and very low power consumption.

The dV-1 pressure gauge is available in bar and PSI units, displayed with a resolution of 0,5 %FS and a measuring interval of 500 ms.

There are two versions: One has an ON/OFF button to activate the instrument, and the other version without a button automatically activates the display when pressure is applied.

If desired, the zero point can be updated automatically while the display is turned off so the module can perform relative measure measurements without the need for a reference pressure input on the transducer. The pressure gauge can therefore be installed (as an OEM module in a customer-specific housing) in airtight and watertight housings. Examples of this type of dV-1 application are paint spray guns which are totally immersed in solvent for cleaning purposes at the end of a working day. dV-1 in oval housing with battery compartment and pressure connection nipple, ø 5 mm

The dV-1’s power consumption is so low that the instrument can be operated for several years with a small button-cell battery.

The devices are available in the typical daVinci line oval housing or as an OEM module that can be integrated into the customer’s system.

dV-1 OEM module with battery contacts and Highly competitive pricing and striking simplicity (with no more than one button) make the dV-1 pressure sensor with O-ring ø 11 mm pressure gauge the ideal basis for OEM devices that can be adapted at little expense to meet customers’ requirements (design, software, pressure sensor connection, pressure range, battery contacts and display) depending on the volumes required.

dV-1 OEM module with soldered-in battery and Display pressure sensor connection, ø 5 mm

SPECIFICATIONS Pressure Ranges bar (abs./rel.) 0…1,99 bar 0…9,95 bar 0…19,9 bar 0…99,5 bar * 0…199 bar * Pressure Ranges PSI (abs./rel.) 0…99,5 PSI 0…199 PSI 0…995 PSI * Cut-in threshold (version without button) 0,02 bar / 0,5 PSI 0,1 bar / 2 PSI 0,1 bar / 2 PSI Pressure units bar or PSI (other units available as options) Versions dV-1 in oval housing, with or without button / Pressure sensor connection nipple ø 5 mm to fit SERTO coupling, series 20 * dV-1-OEM with battery contacts or soldered-in battery / various pressure connections Display resolution 200 points Overpressure resistance of sensor 1,5 x pressure range Accuracy 1 %FS Temperature range 10…40 °C Power supply Battery, 3 V lithium button-cell, type CR 1632 Battery lifetime approx. 9 months for continuous operation (LCD on) approx. 20 months for instruments without a key, with LCD off Pressure connection Sensor with O-ring, ø 11 mm / Connection nipple ø 5 mm for SERTO coupling, series 20 / Connection nipple ø 6 mm for Swagelok-316 connection Housing dimensions (width x height x depth) Oval housing: 50 x 34 x 20 mm OEM: 33 x 18 x 10 mm Weight dV-1 in oval housing: ≈ 35 g (with protective rubber cover: ≈ 50 g) / dV-1 OEM module: ≈ 6 g Optional accessories - Protective rubber cover - Front label with customer‘s logo

* P > 10 bar: use SERTO-connection, P > 30 bar: use Swagelok-316 connection

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 04/2011 CH-8404 Winterthur DE-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Digital Manometer dV-2 for high-volume applications

The dV-2 Series incorporates many of KELLER’s latest developments in electronics to produce a simple low cost digital pressure gauge that is packed full of features normally found only on expensive instruments. The dV-2 can be set up to perform various measuring functions via two front panel operating buttons. Gauges are available in three accuracy classes: ➠ 0,5 %FS (Standard) ➠ 0,2 %FS (Silver) ➠ 0,1 %FS (Gold)

The internal microprocessor has great flexibility. It can be programmed during manufacture to perform numerous functions, and this enables KELLER to offer customised products for specific applications where larger quantities are involved. Customised devices can be used for applications such as button-controlled testing, or for measuring tasks where calculations are required, the display will show the test results. The dV-2 is designed to be integrated into end-user applications and is offered with a range of housing variants and process pressure connections. The gauges can be supplied with any KELLER pressure sensor to suit the customer’s application. This means it is possible to produce cost-effective small batches that are perfectly adapted to suit the application requirements. dV-2 dV-2 has the following functions:

MAX/MIN Accessed via the Select button; displays maximum and minimum values. RESET Allows the maximum and minimum value to be reset at the actual pressure value. ZERO Sets the zero to any value as a new zero reference. Barometric pressure variations can thus be compensated. The factory setting of the zero for the ranges ≤ 31 bar is at 0 bar absolute. For sealed gauge pressure measurements, activate “ZERO SET” at ambient pressure. Instru- OEM Module ments with ranges > 31 bar are calibrated in a sealed gauge mode with ambient pressure as a zero reference. CONT: CONT (continuous) deactivates the automatic turn-off. In normal operation (cont. not activated) the dV-2 turns off 15 minutes after the last key function. UNITS All standard instruments are calibrated in bar. The pressure can be indicated in the following units: bar, mbar, kPa, MPa, PSI. Other units on demand.

The battery symbol illuminates when battery power is low. The dV-2 is also available as an OEM module. Display Segments dV-2

SPECIFICATIONS

Pressure Ranges absolute 0…4 bar 0…31 bar 0…200 bar 0…700 bar ” relative -1…3 bar -1…30 bar Display-Resolution 1 mbar 10 mbar 100 mbar 100 mbar

Overpressure 1,5 x pressure range Accuracy * Version Standard 0,5 %FS / Version Silver 0,2 %FS / Version Gold 0,1 %FS / optional: other accuracies Compensated Temperature Range 10...40 °C Storage- / Operating Temperature -10…60 °C / 0…50 °C Display-/Measuring Interval 2 x per second

Supply 3 V battery, type CR 2032 Battery Life ≈ 2 months at continuous operation Pressure Connection G 1/4” or cutting ring/clamping ring, Ø 6 mm (only up to 600 bar). Optional: other connections. Protection IP 64 Width x Height x Depth 68 x 70 x 35 mm Weight ≈ 90 g (with rubber protection ≈ 126 g)

Optional Accessories - Protective rubber covering - Front display with customer logo

* Includes linearity, repeatability, hysteresis and temperature error. Does not include Zero stability.

The dV-2 Cool was designed for monitoring tasks at refrigerators and refrigerating plants. Vapour pressure/temperature graphs for 5 refrigerants are saved in the unit and can be selected by pressing a button.

At the touch of a button, the battery-driven instrument switches the LCD-display between vapour temperature and pressure indication, with the display offering a choice of bar / °C or PSI / °F.

The high resolution display means that dV-2 Cool can also be used for measuring leaks in vacuums.

The rugged dV-2 Cool with a stainless steel pressure sensor can optionally be fitted with a protective rubber covering. The face of the instrument can be rotated towards the pressure connection, thus allowing the ideal alignment of the display when fixing the instrument.

The dV-2 Cool has the following functions:

GAS Selection of the refrigerant. dV-2 Cool with 7/16 UNF-connection UNITS Switching between bar / °C and PSI / °F

CONT The instrument turns off 15 minutes after the last key function. Activating CONT (Continuous) deactivates this automatic turn-off.

BAT LOW The battery symbol illuminates when battery power is low.

Refrigerant: In the standard version, the vapour pressure/temperature graphs of the following refrigerants are stored: R22, R12, R507, R404a, R134a. Other refrigerants optionally available (on request). Display Segments dV-2 Cool

SPECIFICATIONS

Pressure Ranges -1…40 bar -1…80 bar Display-Resolution 1 mbar 2 mbar

Overpressure 1,5 x pressure range Accuracy * 0,1 %FS Compensated Temperature Range 0…50 °C Storage- / Operating Temperature -10…60 °C / 0…50 °C Display- / Measuring Interval 2 x per second

Supply 3 V battery, type CR 2032 Battery Life ≈ 2 months at continuous operation Pressure Connection 7/16 UNF. Optional: other connections. Protection IP 64 Width x Height x Depth 68 x 70 x 35 mm Weight ≈ 90 g (with rubber protection ≈ 126 g)

Optional Accessories - Protective rubber covering - Front display with customer logo dV-2 Cool with protective rubber covering * Includes linearity, repeatability, hysteresis and temperature error. Does not include Zero stability.

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 05/2011 CH-8404 Winterthur DE-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Digital Manometer ECO 1 / ECO 1 Ei with max.- and min.-function / accuracy: 0,5%

ECO 1 is a compact and economic digital pressure measuring instrument. It is of medium accu racy, but of high resolution and repeatability.

The pressure is measured twice per second and displayed. The top display indicates the actual pressure, the bottom display shows the MAX.- or MIN- pressure since the last RESET.

ECO 1 has two operating keys. The left key is to turn the instrument on and to execute its functions (the functions appear successively on the display as long as the key is pressed and are executed when releasing the key). The right key is also used to switch between the MAX.- and MIN.-value.

The instrument has the following functions:

RESET With the RESET-function, the MAX.- and MIN.-value is set to the actual pressure value.

OFF Turns off the instrument.

ZERO The ZERO-function allows to set any value as a new Zero reference. Barometric pressure variations can thus be compensated.

The factory setting of the Zero for the range -1…30 bar is at 0 bar absolute. For sealed gauge pressure measurements, activate “ZERO SEt” at ambient pressure. “Swivel” Instruments with the range 0…300 bar are calibrated in a sealed gauge mode with 1 bar absolute pressure as a Zero reference.

CONT The instrument turns off 15 Min. after the last key function. Activating CONT (Conti nuous) deactivates this automatic turn-off.

ECO 1 has 7/16” UNF male thread and is delivered complete with an O-ring seal swivel fitting which allows ECO 1 to be rotated through 360°. Only minimal tightness is needed to seal up to 300 bar. Adapter G 1/4” Process pressure connection is G 1/4” male.

SPECIFICATIONS ECO 1 Ei

Ranges rel. -1…30 bar 0…300 bar Intrinsically safe version, 94/9/CE (ATEX 100a) Resolution 10 mbar 100 mbar Overpressure 60 bar 400 bar Classification: II 1 G EEx ia IIC T6 or T5 Certification File: LCIE 01 ATEX 6001 X Accuracy 0,5 %FS typ. 1 %FS max Storage- / Operating Temperature -20…70 °C / 0…50 °C The EEx ia version of ECO 1 Compensated Temperature Range 0…50 °C incorporates an additional Supply 3 V battery, type CR 2430 protection switch. Functions, Battery Life 1’000 hours continuous operation ranges and accuracy are Pressure Connection 7/16”-20 UNF (adapter G 1/4” included) identical to Protection, CEI 529 IP 65 the standard version. Diameter x Height x Depth 59 x 95 x 32 mm Weight ≈ 125 g

ACCESSORIES (OPTIONAL)

Protective rubber covering and carrying bag. The protective rubber covering is suitable for toughest applications.

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 03/2002 CH-8404 Winterthur DE-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Digital Manometer ECO 2 max.- and min.-function / accuracy 0,5 %FS

ECO 2 is a compact and economical digital pressure measuring instrument providing medium accuracy at high resolution and repeatability. The piezoresistive pressure transducer as the heart of the instrument has gone through extensive pressure- and temperature tests.

The pressure is measured twice per second and displayed. The top display indicates the actual pressure, the bottom display shows the Max.- or Min.- pressure since the last RESET.

ECO 2 has two operating keys. The left key turns on the instrument and is used to select the functions and the pressure units. The right key executes the selected function or unit. The right key is also used to switch between the Max.- and Min.-value.

The instrument has the following functions:

RESET With the RESET-function, the Max.- and Min.-value is set to the actual pressure value.

ZERO The ZERO-function allows to set any pressure value as a zero reference. Barometric pressure variations can thus be compensated. The factory setting of the Zero for the range -1...30 bar is at vacuum (0 bar absolute). For relative pressure measurements, activate “ZERO SEt” at ambient pressure. Instruments with the range 0...300 bar are calibrated with the zero at atmospheric pressure.

CONT The instrument turns off 15 Min. after the last key function. Activating CONT (Conti- nuous) deactivates this automatic turn-off. “Swivel”

UNITS All standard instruments are calibrated in bar. The pressure can be indicated in the the following units: bar, mbar/hPa, kPa, MPa, PSI, kp/cm2.

ECO 2 has 7/16” UNF male thread and is delivered complete with an O-ring seal swivel fitting which allows ECO 2 to be rotated 360°. Only minimal torque is needed to seal up to 300 bar. Process pressure connection is G 1/4” male.

Optional accessories: - Protective rubber covering Adapter G 1/4” - Carrying bag

Specifications ECO 2 Ei

Pressure Ranges -1…30 bar 0…300 bar Intrinsically safe version, 94/9/CE Resolution 10 mbar 100 mbar (ATEX 100a) Overpressure 60 bar 400 bar Classification: Ex II 1 G EEx ia IIC T6 or T5 Accuracy @ Room Temperature * < 0,5 %FS Certification File: LCIE 01 ATEX 6001 X Total Error Band (0...50 °C) < 1 %FS (accuracy incl. temperature error)) Storage-/Operating Temperature -20…70 °C / 0…50 °C The EEx ia version of ECO 2 incorporates an Supply 3 V battery, type CR 24300 additional EEx-Certificationprotection switch. Functions, in Process ranges Battery Life 1’000 hours continuous operation and accuracy are identical to the standard Pressure Connection 7/16”-20 UNF (adapter G 1/4” included) version. Materials in Media Contact ECO 2: AISI 316L (DIN 1.4404/1.4435) Swivel: Brass nickel-plated, Nitril O-Rings Adapter: Galvanised steel (9 SMnPb 28K), NBR profile seal Protection IP 65 Diameter x Height x Depth 59 x 95 x 32 mm Weight Instrument / Adapter ≈ 100 g / 40 g

* Includes linearity, repeatability, hysteresis and resolution of the display. Does not include Zero stability.

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 04/2015 CH-8404 Winterthur DE-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Digital Manometer LEO 1 with peak recording / peak measuring rate: 5 kHz LEO 1 Ei

LEO 1 is a micro-processor controlled, accurate and versatile digital pressure measuring instrument with integrated fast peak-, max.- and min.-function.

The instrument is used in two modes:

MANO-Mode The pressure is measured twice per second and displayed. The top display indicates the actual pressure, the bottom display shows the MAX.- or MIN- pressure since the last RESET.

PEAK-Mode The pressure is measured 5’000 times per second and is brought to the display twice per second. The top display shows the actual pressure, the bottom display the peak- (MAX.) or trough-pressure (MIN.).

LEO 1 has two operating keys. The left key is to turn the instrument on, to select the functions and the pressure units. The right key executes the selected function or unit. The right key is also used to switch between the MAX.- and MIN.-value in both modes.

The instrument has the following functions:

RESET With the RESET-function, the MAX.- and MIN.-value is set to the actual pressure value.

ZERO The ZERO-function allows to set any value as a new Zero reference. Barometric pressure variations can thus be compensated. The factory setting of the Zero for the ranges -1…3 bar or -1…30 bar is at 0 bar absolute. For sealed gauge pressure measurements, activate “ZERO SEt” at ambient kMPa mBar / hPA PSI pressure. Instruments with the ranges > 30 bar are calibrated with ambient pressure BAT LOW BAT as a Zero reference.

CONT The instrument turns off 15 Min. after the last key function. Activating CONT (Conti MANO PEAK TEMPϒCϒF nuous) deactivates this automatic turn-off. MAX UNITS All standard instruments are calibrated in bar. The pressure can be MIN indicated in the following units: bar, mbar/hPa, kPa, MPa, PSI, kp/cm2 ZERO. CONT. RESET OFF Optional accessories: - Protective rubber covering (not for Ei-version) - Carrying bag Display Segments LEO 1

SPECIFICATIONS LEO 1 Ei

Pressure Ranges, Resolution, Overpressure: Range Resolution Overpressure Intrinsically safe version, 94/9/CE -1…3 bar 1 mbar 10 bar Classification: II 1 G EEx ia IIC T6 or T5 -1…30 bar 10 mbar 60 bar Certification File: LCIE 01 ATEX 6001 X 0…300 bar 100 mbar 400 bar 0…700 bar 200 mbar 700 bar The EEx ia version of LEO 1 incorporates 0…1000 bar 200 mbar 1000 bar an additional protection switch. Functions, ranges and accuracy Accuracy RT (room temperature) * < 0,1 %FS are identical to the standard Total Error Band (0…50 °C) < 0,2 %FS version. Storage- / Operating Temperature -20…70 °C / 0…50 °C Compensated Temperature Range 0…50 °C Supply 3 V battery, type CR 2430 Battery Life • 1’000 hours continuous operation in Mano-Mode • 150 hours continuous operation in Peak-Mode Pressure Connection G1/4” Protection, CEI 529 IP65 Diameter x Height x Depth 76 x 118 x 42 mm Weight ≈ 210 g

* Including linearity, repeatability and hysteresis.

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 07/2007 CH-8404 Winterthur DE-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Digital Manometer LEO 2 / LEO 2 Ei with max.- and min.-function / accuracy: 0,1 %FS

LEO 2 is a compact, micro-processor (µP) controlled, highly accurate and versatile pressure measuring instrument with digital indication. The piezoresistive pressure transducer as the heart of the instrument has gone through extensive pressure- and temperature tests. Its characteristics are stored in the instruments internal EEPROM. The µP of the LEO 2 reads the characteristic values and calculates therefrom the pressure to an accuracy of < 0,1 %FS at room temperature.

The pressure is measured twice per second and displayed. The top display indicates the actual pressure, the bottom display shows the Max.- or Min.- pressure since the last RESET.

LEO 2 has two operating keys. The left key is to turn the instrument on, to select the functions and the pressure units. The right key executes the selected function or unit. The right key is also used to switch between the Max.- and Min.-value.

The instrument has the following functions:

RESET With the RESET-function, the Max.- and Min.-value is set to the actual pressure value.

ZERO The ZERO-function allows to set any value as a new Zero reference. Barometric pressure variations can thus be compensated. The factory setting of the Zero for the ranges -1…3 bar or -1…30 bar is at 0 bar absolute. For sealed gauge pressure measurements, activate “ZERO SEt” at ambient pressure. Instruments with ranges > 30 bar are calibrated in a sealed gauge mode at ambient pressure. “Swivel” CONT The instrument turns off 15 Min. after the last key function. Activating CONT (Conti- nuous) deactivates this automatic turn-off.

UNITS All standard instruments are calibrated in bar. The pressure can be indicated in the the following units: bar, mbar/hPa, kPa, MPa, PSI, kp/cm2.

LEO 2 has 7/16” UNF male thread and is delivered complete with an O-ring seal swivel fitting which allows LEO 2 to be rotated through 360 °. Only minimal tightness is needed to seal up to 300 bar. Process pressure connection is G 1/4” male. Adapter G 1/4”

Optional accessories: - Protective rubber covering - Carrying bag

SPECIFICATIONS LEO 2 Ei

Pressure Ranges, Resolution, Range Resolution Overpressure Intrinsically safe version, 94/9/CE Overpressure -1…3 bar 1 mbar 10 bar (ATEX 100a) -1…30 bar 10 mbar 60 bar 0…300 bar 100 mbar 400 bar Classification: Ex II 1 G EEx ia IIC T6 or T5 0…700 bar 200 mbar 700 bar Certification File: LCIE 01 ATEX 6001 X

Accuracy RT (room temperature) * < 0,1 %FS The EEx ia version of LEO 2 incorporates an Total Error Band (0…50 °C) * < 0,2 %FS additional protection switch. Functions, ranges Storage- / Operating Temperature -20…70 °C / 0…50 °C and accuracy are identical to the standard Compensated Temperature Range 0…50 °C version. Supply 3 V battery, type CR 2430 Battery Life 1’000 hours continuous operation Pressure Connection 7/16”-20 UNF (adapter G 1/4” included) Protection, CEI 529 IP 65 Diameter x Height x Depth 59 x 95 x 32 mm Weight ≈ 125 g

* Includes linearity, repeatability, hysteresis, temperature error and resolution of the display. Does not include Zero stability.

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 03/2008 CH-8404 Winterthur DE-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Intelligent Transmitter with Digital Indication LEO 3 rs485-bus-interface / scalable 4…20 ma output

LEO 3 is a micro-processor based transmitter with digital double-display for pressure (top of display) and for the analog output signal (bottom display). The display is powered from the 4…20 mA current loop.

The following functions can be executed with the front keys: MAX/MIN Activating the right key brings the Max.- and Min.-values to the lower display. RESET With RESET, the Max.- and Min.-values are set to actual. ZERO SET The zero is set to the applied pressure. ZERO RES Factory zero setting will be restored. UNITS The pressure values can be displayed in the following units: bar, mbar/hPa, kPa, MPa, PSI, kp/cm2.

Programming the analog output via the front keys OUTP SETT In this sub-menu the analog output can be configured within the pressure range. ZERO Executing ZERO when pressure is applied sets the analog output to 4 mA. FS Executing FS when pressure is applied sets the analog output to 20 mA. FACT SETT The analog output signal is set back to factory settings.

Scope of delivery Cable plug for Binder 723

kMPa mBar / hPA PSI Optional accessories Protective rubber covering, K114-B interface converter LOW BAT

PC-Software MANO PEAK TEMPϒCϒF Pressure and temperature readings can be displayed and recorded on PC or Laptop with help MAX of the software ControlCenterSeries30 (CCS30) and a seriel interface cable. The software also MIN enables configuration of the analog output scaling and zero point settings. The Keller-Bus pro- ZERO. CONT. RESET OFF tocol and programming examples in various programming languages are available. This allows very quick and easy implementation in customer software applications. Up to 128 devices can Display segments LEO 3 be connected together into a KELLER Bus-system.

SPECIFICATIONS Pin assignment Pressure Ranges rel. PR -1…3 -1…10 -1…30 bar Binder Pressure Ranges abs. Output Function 723 PA 0…30 0…100 0…300 0…700 0…1000 bar PAA 0…4 0…10 0…30 bar 4…20 mA OUT /GND 1 Overpressure 8 20 60 200 600 1100 1100 bar (2 wire) +Vcc 3 Resolution Pressure Display (LCD) 1 2 10 20 100 200 200 mbar RS485A 4 Resolution Pressure via Interface 0,0125 %FS Interface Accuracy RT (room temperature) ** ≤ 0,1 %FS RS485B 5 Total Error Band (0…50 °C) ≤ 0,2 %FS Shielding Housing Storage Temperature / Operating temperature -10…60 °C / 0…50 °C Compensated Temperature Range * 0…50 °C Supply 8…28 VDC 3: +Vcc Output 4…20 mA (2 wire) / RS 485 Interface RS 485 (KELLER-Bus) 4: RS485-A 2: n.c. Measuring Rate up to 90 times/sec. Display Rate 2 times/sec. 5: RS485-B 1: GND Pressure Connection * G1/4” Electrical Connection * Binder 723 (back entry) Protection IP65 Diameter x Height x Depth / Weight 76 x 125 x 50 mm / ≈ 210 g *Options: others Pressure Ranges, Temperature Ranges, Pressure Connections, Electrical Connections **Includes Linearity + Repeatability + Hysteresis

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 09/2013 CH-8404 Winterthur DE-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Highly Precise Digital Manometer LEX 1 / LEX 1 Ei precision**: 0,01 %fs / rs485 bus interface

LEX 1 is a micro-processor controlled, accurate and versatile digital pressure measuring instrument for calibration and testing purposes with 0,05 %FS standard accuracy. Option for precision 0,01% available as extra feature. Via the RS485 Bus Interface, communication with up to 128 connected instrument can take place.

The pressure is measured twice per second and displayed. The top display indicates the actual pressure, the bottom display shows the Max.- or Min.-pressure.

ATEX / IECEx LEX 1 devices which are marked with “LEX 1 Ei” are intrinsically safe for use in hazardous areas (by approval for both ATEX and IECEx standards).

Function LEX 1 has two operating keys. The left key is to turn the instrument on, to select the functions LEX 1 with piezo- and the pressure units. The right key executes the selected function resp. unit or serves to resistive pressure sensor display the Max.- and Min.-value.

The instrument has the following functions RESET With the RESET-function, the Max.- and Min.-value is set to the actual pressure value. ZERO Using the Zero-function will set any prevailing pressure to be the new zero point reference. CONT The instrument turns off 15 min. after the last key function. Activating CONT (Con-ti- nuous) deactivates this automatic turn-off. UNITS All standard instruments are calibrated in bar. The pressure can be indicated in 13 different units.

Scope of Delivery Carrying case and 5-point calibration certificate.

Optional Accessories

Carrying bag, protective rubber covering, interface converter K-114A LEX 1 with capacitive pressure sensor

Standard Pressure Ranges 1 LEX 1 (Ei) piezoresistive LEX 1 Ei Ranges Resolution Display Overpressure PAA/PR -1…2 bar 0,1 mbar 6 bar Intrinsically Safe Version, 94/9/CE and IECEx PAA/PR -1…10 bar 1 mbar 20 bar PAA/PR -1…20 bar 1 mbar 40 bar Classification: II 2 G Ex ia IIC T6 Gb PA 0…200 bar 10 mbar 400 bar Certifications File: PA 0…400 bar 20 mbar 800 bar PTB 05 ATEX 2012 X and IECEx PTB 13.0028X PA 0…700 bar 50 mbar 1100 bar PA 0…1000 bar 100 mbar 1100 bar In comparision to the standard LEX1 the Ex-proof Accuracy, Error Band (0...50 °C) ≤ 0,05 %FS intrinsically safe version has internally more enhanced Long Term Stability Reference: 1 mbar or 0,05 %FS protective components mounted and is marked with Absolute: 0,5 mbar or 0,025 %FS the EX-logo. Optional: Precision 0,01 %FS (only for piezoresistive PA or PAA and ranges ≥ 10 bar) Functions, ranges and accuracy Standard Pressure Ranges 1 LEX 1 (Ei) capacitive are identical to the standard LEX 1 version. Ranges Resolution Display Overpressure Neg. Overpressure PR/PD 2 30 mbar 0,01 mbar 300 mbar 30 mbar PR/PD 2 100 mbar 0,01 mbar 1000 mbar 100 mbar 2 PR/PD 300 mbar 0,1 mbar 1500 mbar 300 mbar The factory setting of the zero for the ranges Accuracy, Error Band (0...50 °C) ≤ 0,2 %FS ≤ 61 bar absolute is at vacuum (0 bar absolute). For Long Term Stability FS ≥ 100 mbar: ± 0,1 %FS FS ≤ 100 mbar: ± 0,1 mbar relative pressure measurements, activate “ZERO SEt” 1 Other pressure ranges as well as instruments with relative pressure measuring cells, on request at ambient pressure. Instruments > 61 bar absolute 2 For the PD version, a tube connection Ø 6 mm for the reference is available or instruments with a relative pressure sensor (label PR = Vented Gauge. Zero at atmospheric pressure PA = Absolute. Zero at atmospheric pressure marked with: Range: rel) are calibrated with the zero at PAA = Absolute. Zero at vacuum PD = Differential. atmospheric pressure.

KELLER AG für Druckmesstechnik KELLER Ges. für Druckmesstechnik mbH Edition 07/2014 CH-8404 Winterthur DE-79798 Jestetten Subject to alterations +41 52 235 25 25 +49 7745 9214 0 Companies approved to ISO 9001 [email protected] [email protected] www.keller-druck.com Specifications

Number of Digits of the LCD Display 5 digit ** Accuracy and Precision Measuring Rate (Display LCD) 2 x per second “Accuracy” is an absolute term, “Precision” a Measuring Rate via Serial Interface Pressure up to 15 x per second relative term. Dead weight testers are primary Storage- / Operating Temperature -10…60 °C / 0…50 °C standards for pressure, where the pressure is Medium Temperature Pressure Sensor -20…80 °C, others on request defined by the primary values of mass, length LEX 1 Ei max. 60 °C and time. Highest class primary standards in Compensated Temperature Range 0…50 °C national laboratories indicate the uncertainty of Battery 3 V battery, Typ CR 2430 their pressure references with 70 to 90 ppM or Battery Life approx. 2’000 hours continuous operation close to 0,01%. Commercial dead weight testers as used in our Pressure Connection G1/4” (other threads on request) facilities to calibrate the transmitters and mano- Bus Interface 3 RS485 (KELLER bus protocol) meters indicate an uncertainty or accuracy of Electrical Connection 3 External supply and RS485 communication via 0,025%. Below these levels, KELLER use the Fischer D103A054, flange socket fits with PC- expression “Precision” as the ability of a pres- converter cable K-114A (USB to RS485) sure transmitter or manometer to be at each 3 External Supply 8…28 VDC pressure point within 0,01 %FS relative to these Temperature Measurement Accuracy typ. 0,5 °C commercial standards. Material in Contact with Media Stainless Steel (AISI 316L), Viton® O-ring. The manometer’s full-scale output can be set up In addition with LEX 1 capacitive: gold plated ceramic to match any standard of your choice by correc- diaphragm, Nitril O-ring ting the gain with a calibration software. Protection IP65 LEX 1 piezoresistive LEX 1 capacitive Diameter x Height x Depth (approx.) 76 x 118 x 55 mm 76 x 148 x 55 mm Weight (approx.) 300 g 335 g

3 In the Ex-Zone, the LEX 1 Ei gauges are not allowed to be supplied externally, nor can they be connected via the RS485 interface.

Scope of Delivery 5-point calibration certificate and carrying case

Computer Software CCS30 Pressure and temperature readings can be displayed and recorded on a PC or Laptop with the help of the software ControlCen- ter-Series30 (CCS30) and a serial interface cable K-103A (RS232) or K-114A (USB). The software also enables the configuration of the zero point settings. The KELLER bus protocol and programming examples in various programming languages are available. This allows very quick and easy implementation into customer software applications. Up to 128 devices can be connected together into a KELLER Bus- system.

keller-druck.com USB

Cable option 1 K-114 K-114 A K-114 B K-114 AC K-114 C K-114 M K-404 T Devices with cable Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. 309010.0074 309010.0075 309010.0076 309010.0079 309010.0078 309010.0077 (EU) 309010.0103 309010.0093 (UK) all products DCX-16 Series 3X / 4X DCX-25 Mano Gauge 309010.0094 (US) D-Line (I2C) (only RS485) DCX-22 LEO 3 Mano Record DCX-25 PVDF EV-120 Cable option 3 DCX-18 ECO DCX-38 dV-22 PP GSM-2 Series 3X / 4X Supply Unit LEO Record (on board) included in LEX 1 delivery Calibrators

Kabeloption 4 Cable option 5 Castello LEO 1 / 2 (on board) dV-2 PS

BLUETOOTH Cable option 7 RS232 DCX LEO Record LEX 1 K-114 BT K-114 BT A K-114 BT B K-107 K-102 K-102 I K-103 A Product No. Product No. Product No. Cable option 8 Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. 309010.0119 309010.0101 309010.0120 309010.0003 (EU) 309010.0004 309010.0012 (EU) 309010.0002 Series 33 X 309010.0020 (UK) 309010.0023 (UK) Series 3X / 4X DCX-16 Series 3X / 4X 309010.0021 (US) 309010.0024 (US) LEO 3 DCX-22 LEO 3 dv-22 PP DCX-25 PVDF EV-120 Series 3X/4X all products all products DCX-16 DCX-38 dV-22 PP LEO 3 (only RS485) (only RS485) DCX-22 GSM-2 EV-120 DCX-25 PVDF LEO Record dV-22 PP Supply Unit DCX-38 LEX 1 Cable option 9 included in GSM-2 Calibrators Series 41 X Supply Unit delivery LEO Record included in LEX 1 delivery Calibrators

Cable option 4 Cable option 4 LEO 1 / 2 (on board) LEO 1 / 2 (on board)

Accessories

Supply Units

EU UK USA Auto

K-102 l on board: K-114 / (A) / (B) / (M) / (AC) / (C) Connector plug inside the device or on the PCB

K-114 Interface converter with screw-type Series 3X / 4X 309010.0074 terminal: ∙ Supply via USB for one connected final consumer

(U-Out = 11,8 VDC / I-Outmax = 40 mA) (Supply is provided via an external power supply unit (12–20 VDC) if more than one final onsumerc is connected) ∙ Screw-type terminal with connection for: +Vcc / GND / RS485A / RS485B ∙ Visual status and configuration display (LED) ∙ Galvanic isolation ∙ Total length cable: 1 m ∙ Software CD and USB connection cable included in the scope of delivery

K-114 A Interface converter with Fischer-plug/ DCX-16 309010.0075 5-pin: DCX-22 ∙ Supply via USB for one connected final DCX-25 PVDF consumer DCX-38

(U-Out = 11,8 VDC / I-Outmax = 40 mA) LEO Record (Supply is provided via an external power LEX 1 supply unit (12–20 VDC) if more than one GSM-2 final onsumerc is connected) Calibrators ∙ Measurement channel: input voltage 0…12 VDC ∙ Visual status and configuration display (LED) ∙ Galvanic isolation ∙ Total length cable: 1,7 m ∙ Software CD and USB connection cable included in the scope of delivery

K-114 B Interface converter with Binder socket DCX-16 309010.0076 680/5-pin: DCX-22 ∙ Supply via USB for one connected final DCX-25 PVDF consumer DCX-38

3 │ Overview Converter e Pictur Name Description Application Product No. (KELLER devices) USB ➞ RS485

K-114 M Interface converter with M12 socket/5-pin: DCX-18 EU: ∙ Supply/charging via USB 309010.0077

(U-Out = 5 V / I-Outmax = 100 mA) (Fast charging from external power supply UK: unit, 12–20 VDC) included in the scope of 309010.0093 delivery ∙ Visual status and configuration display USA: (LED) 309010.0094 ∙ Galvanic isolation ∙ Total length cable: 2,3 m ∙ Software CD, power supply and USB connection cable included in the scope of delivery

K-114 AC Interface converter with Binder socket DCX-25 PVDF 309010.0079 712/5-pin: ∙ Supply via USB for one connected final onsumerc

(U-Out = 11,8 VDC / I-Outmax = 40 mA) ∙ Visual status and configuration display (LED) ∙ Galvanic isolation ∙ Total length cable: 1,75 m ∙ Software CD and USB connection cable included in the scope of delivery

USB ➞ TTL

K-114 C Interface converter with Binder socket Old device 309010.0078 712/2-pin: versions: ∙ Visual status and configuration display Mano Gauge (LED) Mano Rec ∙ Galvanic isolation Calibrators ∙ Total length cable: 1,75 m ∙ Software CD and USB connection cable included in the scope of delivery

USB ➞ I2C

K-404 T Interface converter with 5-pin D-Line 309010.0103 TO-socket (on glass feedthrough) (e.g. 4 LD…9 LD) ∙ Supply via USB for one connected final consumer

(U-Out = 3,3 VDC / I-Outmax = 50 mA) ∙ Internal Pull-up resistances to SDA and SCL, EOC not connected ∙ Short-circuit proof, no galvanic isolation ∙ Total length cable: 25 cm ∙ Software CD included in the scope of delivery

4 │ Overview Converter e Pictur Name Description Application Product No. (KELLER devices) Bluetooth ➞ RS485

K-114 BT Interface converter with screw-type Series 3X / 4X 309010.0119 terminal: LEO 3 ∙ Bluetooth communication – RS485 / dV-22 PP USB – RS485 (half-duplex) ∙ Supplying the connected devices (15 VDC) ∙ Measuring the signal voltage applied (0…12 VDC) ∙ Measuring the power consumption of end users (0…150 mA) ∙ Visual status and configuration display (LED) ∙ Galvanic isolation between computer and converter (only when using Bluetooth) ∙ Selective activation of echo, bias resistors or a terminating resistor ∙ Software drivers and software included with delivery ∙ The battery is charged via the USB interface

K-114 BT A Interface converter with Fischer-plug/ DCX-16 309010.0101 5-pin: DCX-22 ∙ Same specifications as the K-114 BT DCX-25 PVDF DCX-38 GSM-2 LEO Record LEX 1 Calibrators

K-114 BT B Interface converter with Binder socket Series 3X / 4X 309010.0120 680/5-pin: LEO 3 ∙ Same specifications as the K-114 BT dV-22 PP

5 │ Overview Converter e Pictur Name Description Application Product No. (KELLER devices) RS232 ➞ RS485

K-102 Converter with screw-type terminal: Series 3X / 4X 309010.0004 ∙ Converts RS232 to RS485 half-duplex LEO 1 / 2 / 3 ∙ RS232-connection: 9-pin D-Sub-plug (f) dV-2 PS ∙ RS485-connection: 3-pin screwable plug clamp (RS485 A, RS485 B, GND) f ∙ Automatic switching between send/receive ∙ Baud rates: 9,6 kbit / 115 kbit

K-102 l Converter (isolated) with screw-type Series 3X / 4X Europe: terminal: LEO 3 309010.0012 Same as K-102, but: dV-2 PS ∙ Galvanic isolation UK: ∙ Power plug for external transmitters 309010.0023 f (V+, GND) and supply of K-102 I ∙ Power supply (15 V) is required and is USA: provided with the converter 309010.0024 ∙ RS232 extension cable (1,8 m) included in the scope of delivery

K-107 Converter set: Series 3X / 4X Europe: Same as K-102, but includes: LEO 3 309010.0003 ∙ transmitter supply from integrated 9 Volt dV-22 PP battery or external power supply dV-2 PS UK: f f ∙ RS232-connection: 9-pin D-Sub-plug (f) 309010.0020 ∙ RS485-connection: Binder-plug Series 723 5-pin (f) USA: ∙ Total length cable: 0,75 m 309010.0021 ∙ power supply (15 V) is provided with the converter

K-103 A Converter cable with Fischer socket DCX-16 309010.0002 Series 103: DCX-22 Same as K-102, but with cable (length: 2 m) LEO Record and Fischer socket Series 103 LEX 1 GSM-2

m f f = female │ m = male

6 │ Overview Converter e Pictur Name Description Accessories for Product No.

Converter Accessories

Cable option 1 Cable adapter (0,4 m) Binder plug Series K-114 BT B 309010.0014 680/5-Pol (m) to strand clips K-114 B ∙ Transmitters with cable output can be K-107 connected

Cable option 3 Cable adapter (0,4 m) Binder plug Series K-114 BT B 309010.0016 680/5-Pol (m) to 6-pin Molex socket (f) K-114 B K-107

f m

Cable option 4 Cable adapter (1,5 m) cable to 2-pin socket K-114 BT 309010.0017 ∙ Connection to LEO 1 and LEO 2 K-114 K-102 K-102 l f

Cable option 5 Cable adapter (0,4 m) 5-pin Binder plug K-114 BT B 309010.0041 Series 680/5-Pol (m) to 8-pin Binder cable K-114 B socket Series 423 (f) K-107 ∙ Suited for dV-2 PS and Castello f m

Cable option 6 Cable adapter (0,4 m) 5-pin Fischer socket K-114 BT A 309010.0066 Series 103 to 5-pin M12 K-114 A ∙ Connection to DCX-18 K-103 A

f f

Cable option 7 Adapter (0,4 m) from Binder plug 680/5-Pol K-114 BT B 309010.0082 (m) to Fischer plug 103/5-pin (m) K-114 B ∙ Suited for DCX, LEO Record, LEX 1 K-107

Cable option 8 Cable adapter (0,4 m) from Binder plug K-114 BT B 309010.0123 680/5-Pol (m) to 6-pin MIL C-26482 K-114 B ∙ Connection of transmitters with Souriau K-107 plug e.g. 33 X f = female │ m = male

7 │ Overview Converter e Pictur Name Description Accessories for Product No.

Converter Accessories

Cable option 9 Cable adapter (0,4 m) from Binder plug K-114 BT B 309010.0127 680/5-Pol (m) to Binder M12/A coded K-114 B ∙ Suitable for 41 X K-107 33X / 35X PRD-33X

Supply Unit Supply unit 15 V – Europe K-114 309010.0025 Europe ∙ DC-Socket K-114 B ∙ Input: 230 VAC K-114 M ∙ Output: 15 VDC, 360 mA K-102 I ∙ Cable length 1,8 m K-107

Supply Unit Supply unit 15 V – UK K-114 309010.0087 UK ∙ DC-Socket K-114 B ∙ Input: 230 VAC K-114 M ∙ Output: 15 VDC, 360 mA K-102 I ∙ Cable length 2 m K-107

Supply Unit Supply unit 15 V – USA K-114 309010.0086 USA ∙ DC-Socket K-114 B ∙ Input: 120 VAC K-114 M ∙ Output: 15 VDC, 360 mA K-102 I ∙ Cable length 2 m K-107 f = female │ m = male

8 │ Overview Converter e Pictur Name Description Accessories for Product No.

Converter Accessories

Car Car adapter cable K-114 309010.0051 Adapter Cable ∙ Cable length 2 m K-114 B K-114 M K-102 I K-107

Software CD KELLER Software CD Alle Konverter 750505.0001 includes all KELLER-Softwares and USB- driver for K-114 / K-104 / Manometer

Software CDs are delivered with every converter and converter cable.

Download for free: www.keller-druck.com

USB Cable USB Cable (1 m) K-114 BT 309010.0095 ∙ Connection: A Mini / B K-114 BT A K-114 BT B K-114 K-114 A K-114 B K-114 AC K-114 M LEO 5

9 │ Overview Converter The following interface converters and options are no longer required or have been superseded by new products. To ensure compatibility with older KELLER products, some of them can still be supplied:

e Pictur Name Description Accessories for / Product No. Application (KELLER devices) Converter Accessories

Cable option 2 Cable adapter Binder plug Series 723 (m) to K-104 B 309010.0015 5-pin Leoco socket K-107

f m

Handheld Handheld Adapter K-104 B 309010.0015 Adapter The Handheld Adapter is required to K-107 connect a handheld (Palm) with an interface converter.

RS232 ➞ TTL

K-101 Converter cable (2 m) with 2-pin Binder- Intelligent 309010.0001 connector Series 712 Manometers (IM) and Calibrators

m f

RS232 ➞ RS485

K-103 Converter cable with Binder socket DC-22 G 309010.0054 Series 723 (ø 46 mm)

f f f = female │ m = male

10 │ Overview Converter Plug Assignment of the interface converters – front view / Plug Assignment of the cabel options – front view

K-114 A / Fischer Series 103/5-pin (m) K-114 BT A 3: +Vcc 4: RS485-A 2: V-IN 5: RS485-B 1: GND

K-114 B / Binder Series 680/5-pin (f) 3: +Vcc K-114 BT B

2: V-IN 4: RS485-A 1: GND 5: RS485-B

K-114 AC Binder 712/5-pin (m) 3: n.c.

4: RS485-A 2: n.c. 5: RS485-B 1: n.c.

K-114 C Binder 712/2-pin (m) 1: GND 2: TTL

Power supply unit socket K-114

+VCC GND

K-404 T TO-5 (f) SUP

SDA SCL

EOC GND

Cabel option 1 Binder Series 723/5-pin (m) Strand clips

3: +Vcc black bk: +Vcc white wh: GND yellow ye: RS485-B 4: RS485-A 2: V-IN blue bl: RS485-A 5: RS485-B 1: GND red rd: V-IN

f = female │ m = male │ n.c. = not connected

11 │ Overview Converter Plug Assignment of the cabel options – front view

Cabel option 3 Binder Series 723/5-pin (m) Molex socket 6-pin (f)

3: +Vcc 3: n.c. 2: +Vcc 1: RS485-B 4: RS485-A 2: V-IN 6: V-IN 5: GND 4: RS485-A 5: RS485-B 1: GND

Cabel option 5 Binder Series 723/5-pin (m) Binder Series 423/8-pin (f)

3: +Vcc 2: V-IN

4: +Vcc 5: RS485-A 4: RS485-A 2: V-IN 1: n.c. 3: n.c. 5: RS485-B 1: GND 8: GND 7: RS485-B 6: n.c.

Cabel option 7 Binder Series 723/5-pin (m) Fischer Series 103/5-pin (m)

3: +Vcc

4: RS485-A 2: V-IN 3: +Vcc 4: RS485-A 2: V-IN 5: RS485-B 1: GND 5: RS485-B 1: GND

Cabel option 8 Binder Series 723/5-pin (m) MIL C-26482 (f)

RS485-B 3: +Vcc +Vcc

A V-IN 4: RS485-A 2: V-IN F B E C D 5: RS485-B 1: GND GND n.c. RS485-A

Cabel option 9 Binder Series 723/5-pin (m) M12/5-pin (f)

3: +Vcc 5: RS485-B 3: +Vcc 4: RS485-A 4: RS485-A 2: V-IN 5: RS485-B 1: GND 2: V-IN 1: GND

f = female │ m = male │ n.c. = not connected

12 │ Overview Converter